mirror of
				https://github.com/MariaDB/server.git
				synced 2025-11-03 14:33:32 +03:00 
			
		
		
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6005 lines
		
	
	
		
			191 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6005 lines
		
	
	
		
			191 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/*
 | 
						|
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
 | 
						|
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 | 
						|
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 | 
						|
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 | 
						|
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 | 
						|
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 | 
						|
   GNU General Public License for more details.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 | 
						|
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 | 
						|
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED
 | 
						|
#define SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Classes in mysql */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "my_global.h"                          /* NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS */
 | 
						|
#include "dur_prop.h"
 | 
						|
#include <waiting_threads.h>
 | 
						|
#include "sql_const.h"
 | 
						|
#include <mysql/plugin_audit.h>
 | 
						|
#include "log.h"
 | 
						|
#include "rpl_tblmap.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mdl.h"
 | 
						|
#include "field.h"                              // Create_field
 | 
						|
#include "probes_mysql.h"
 | 
						|
#include "sql_locale.h"     /* my_locale_st */
 | 
						|
#include "sql_profile.h"    /* PROFILING */
 | 
						|
#include "scheduler.h"      /* thd_scheduler */
 | 
						|
#include "protocol.h"       /* Protocol_text, Protocol_binary */
 | 
						|
#include "violite.h"        /* vio_is_connected */
 | 
						|
#include "thr_lock.h"       /* thr_lock_type, THR_LOCK_DATA, THR_LOCK_INFO */
 | 
						|
#include "thr_timer.h"
 | 
						|
#include "thr_malloc.h"
 | 
						|
#include <my_tree.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "sql_digest_stream.h"            // sql_digest_state
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_stage.h>
 | 
						|
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_statement.h>
 | 
						|
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_idle.h>
 | 
						|
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_table.h>
 | 
						|
#include <mysql_com_server.h>
 | 
						|
#include "session_tracker.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern "C"
 | 
						|
void set_thd_stage_info(void *thd,
 | 
						|
                        const PSI_stage_info *new_stage,
 | 
						|
                        PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
 | 
						|
                        const char *calling_func,
 | 
						|
                        const char *calling_file,
 | 
						|
                        const unsigned int calling_line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define THD_STAGE_INFO(thd, stage) \
 | 
						|
  (thd)->enter_stage(&stage, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "my_apc.h"
 | 
						|
#include "rpl_gtid.h"
 | 
						|
#include "wsrep_mysqld.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Reprepare_observer;
 | 
						|
class Relay_log_info;
 | 
						|
struct rpl_group_info;
 | 
						|
class Rpl_filter;
 | 
						|
class Query_log_event;
 | 
						|
class Load_log_event;
 | 
						|
class sp_rcontext;
 | 
						|
class sp_cache;
 | 
						|
class Lex_input_stream;
 | 
						|
class Parser_state;
 | 
						|
class Rows_log_event;
 | 
						|
class Sroutine_hash_entry;
 | 
						|
class user_var_entry;
 | 
						|
struct Trans_binlog_info;
 | 
						|
class rpl_io_thread_info;
 | 
						|
class rpl_sql_thread_info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum enum_ha_read_modes { RFIRST, RNEXT, RPREV, RLAST, RKEY, RNEXT_SAME };
 | 
						|
enum enum_duplicates { DUP_ERROR, DUP_REPLACE, DUP_UPDATE };
 | 
						|
enum enum_delay_key_write { DELAY_KEY_WRITE_NONE, DELAY_KEY_WRITE_ON,
 | 
						|
			    DELAY_KEY_WRITE_ALL };
 | 
						|
enum enum_slave_exec_mode { SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_STRICT,
 | 
						|
                            SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_IDEMPOTENT,
 | 
						|
                            SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_LAST_BIT };
 | 
						|
enum enum_slave_run_triggers_for_rbr { SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_NO,
 | 
						|
                                       SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_YES,
 | 
						|
                                       SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_LOGGING};
 | 
						|
enum enum_slave_type_conversions { SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS_ALL_LOSSY,
 | 
						|
                                   SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS_ALL_NON_LOSSY};
 | 
						|
enum enum_mark_columns
 | 
						|
{ MARK_COLUMNS_NONE, MARK_COLUMNS_READ, MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE};
 | 
						|
enum enum_filetype { FILETYPE_CSV, FILETYPE_XML };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum enum_binlog_row_image {
 | 
						|
  /** PKE in the before image and changed columns in the after image */
 | 
						|
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_MINIMAL= 0,
 | 
						|
  /** Whenever possible, before and after image contain all columns except blobs. */
 | 
						|
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_NOBLOB= 1,
 | 
						|
  /** All columns in both before and after image. */
 | 
						|
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_FULL= 2
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Bits for different SQL modes modes (including ANSI mode) */
 | 
						|
#define MODE_REAL_AS_FLOAT              (1ULL << 0)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT            (1ULL << 1)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_ANSI_QUOTES                (1ULL << 2)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_IGNORE_SPACE               (1ULL << 3)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_IGNORE_BAD_TABLE_OPTIONS   (1ULL << 4)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY         (1ULL << 5)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION    (1ULL << 6)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE           (1ULL << 7)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_POSTGRESQL                 (1ULL << 8)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_ORACLE                     (1ULL << 9)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_MSSQL                      (1ULL << 10)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_DB2                        (1ULL << 11)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_MAXDB                      (1ULL << 12)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_KEY_OPTIONS             (1ULL << 13)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_TABLE_OPTIONS           (1ULL << 14)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_FIELD_OPTIONS           (1ULL << 15)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_MYSQL323                   (1ULL << 16)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_MYSQL40                    (1ULL << 17)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_ANSI                       (1ULL << 18)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO      (1ULL << 19)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES       (1ULL << 20)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES        (1ULL << 21)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES          (1ULL << 22)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE            (1ULL << 23)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE               (1ULL << 24)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_INVALID_DATES              (1ULL << 25)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_ERROR_FOR_DIVISION_BY_ZERO (1ULL << 26)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_TRADITIONAL                (1ULL << 27)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER        (1ULL << 28)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE        (1ULL << 29)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION     (1ULL << 30)
 | 
						|
#define MODE_PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH    (1ULL << 31)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Bits for different old style modes */
 | 
						|
#define OLD_MODE_NO_DUP_KEY_WARNINGS_WITH_IGNORE	(1 << 0)
 | 
						|
#define OLD_MODE_NO_PROGRESS_INFO			(1 << 1)
 | 
						|
#define OLD_MODE_ZERO_DATE_TIME_CAST                    (1 << 2)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern char internal_table_name[2];
 | 
						|
extern char empty_c_string[1];
 | 
						|
extern LEX_STRING EMPTY_STR;
 | 
						|
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char **errmesg;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern bool volatile shutdown_in_progress;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern "C" LEX_STRING * thd_query_string (MYSQL_THD thd);
 | 
						|
extern "C" size_t thd_query_safe(MYSQL_THD thd, char *buf, size_t buflen);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  @class CSET_STRING
 | 
						|
  @brief Character set armed LEX_STRING
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
class CSET_STRING
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING string;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  CSET_STRING() : cs(&my_charset_bin)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    string.str= NULL;
 | 
						|
    string.length= 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  CSET_STRING(char *str_arg, size_t length_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg) :
 | 
						|
  cs(cs_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs_arg != NULL);
 | 
						|
    string.str= str_arg;
 | 
						|
    string.length= length_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline char *str() const { return string.str; }
 | 
						|
  inline size_t length() const { return string.length; }
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return cs; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  friend LEX_STRING * thd_query_string (MYSQL_THD thd);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_COMMIT   1
 | 
						|
#define TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_ROLLBACK 2
 | 
						|
extern ulong tc_heuristic_recover;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct st_user_var_events
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  user_var_entry *user_var_event;
 | 
						|
  char *value;
 | 
						|
  ulong length;
 | 
						|
  Item_result type;
 | 
						|
  uint charset_number;
 | 
						|
  bool unsigned_flag;
 | 
						|
} BINLOG_USER_VAR_EVENT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  The COPY_INFO structure is used by INSERT/REPLACE code.
 | 
						|
  The schema of the row counting by the INSERT/INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY
 | 
						|
  UPDATE code:
 | 
						|
    If a row is inserted then the copied variable is incremented.
 | 
						|
    If a row is updated by the INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE and the
 | 
						|
      new data differs from the old one then the copied and the updated
 | 
						|
      variables are incremented.
 | 
						|
    The touched variable is incremented if a row was touched by the update part
 | 
						|
      of the INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE no matter whether the row
 | 
						|
      was actually changed or not.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef struct st_copy_info {
 | 
						|
  ha_rows records; /**< Number of processed records */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows deleted; /**< Number of deleted records */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows updated; /**< Number of updated records */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows copied;  /**< Number of copied records */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows error_count;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows touched; /* Number of touched records */
 | 
						|
  enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates;
 | 
						|
  int escape_char, last_errno;
 | 
						|
  bool ignore;
 | 
						|
  /* for INSERT ... UPDATE */
 | 
						|
  List<Item> *update_fields;
 | 
						|
  List<Item> *update_values;
 | 
						|
  /* for VIEW ... WITH CHECK OPTION */
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *view;
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *table_list;                       /* Normal table */
 | 
						|
} COPY_INFO;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Key_part_spec :public Sql_alloc {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING field_name;
 | 
						|
  uint length;
 | 
						|
  Key_part_spec(const LEX_STRING &name, uint len)
 | 
						|
    : field_name(name), length(len)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
  Key_part_spec(const char *name, const size_t name_len, uint len)
 | 
						|
    : length(len)
 | 
						|
  { field_name.str= (char *)name; field_name.length= name_len; }
 | 
						|
  bool operator==(const Key_part_spec& other) const;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Construct a copy of this Key_part_spec. field_name is copied
 | 
						|
    by-pointer as it is known to never change. At the same time
 | 
						|
    'length' may be reset in mysql_prepare_create_table, and this
 | 
						|
    is why we supply it with a copy.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @return If out of memory, 0 is returned and an error is set in
 | 
						|
    THD.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Key_part_spec *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
 | 
						|
  { return new (mem_root) Key_part_spec(*this); }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Alter_drop :public Sql_alloc {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  enum drop_type {KEY, COLUMN, FOREIGN_KEY, CHECK_CONSTRAINT };
 | 
						|
  const char *name;
 | 
						|
  enum drop_type type;
 | 
						|
  bool drop_if_exists;
 | 
						|
  Alter_drop(enum drop_type par_type,const char *par_name, bool par_exists)
 | 
						|
    :name(par_name), type(par_type), drop_if_exists(par_exists)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(par_name != NULL);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
 | 
						|
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Alter_drop *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
 | 
						|
    { return new (mem_root) Alter_drop(*this); }
 | 
						|
  const char *type_name()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return type == COLUMN ? "COLUMN" :
 | 
						|
           type == CHECK_CONSTRAINT ? "CONSTRAINT" :
 | 
						|
           type == KEY ? "INDEX" : "FOREIGN KEY";
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Alter_column :public Sql_alloc {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  const char *name;
 | 
						|
  Virtual_column_info *default_value;
 | 
						|
  Alter_column(const char *par_name, Virtual_column_info *expr)
 | 
						|
    :name(par_name), default_value(expr) {}
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
 | 
						|
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Alter_column *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
 | 
						|
    { return new (mem_root) Alter_column(*this); }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Key :public Sql_alloc, public DDL_options {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  enum Keytype { PRIMARY, UNIQUE, MULTIPLE, FULLTEXT, SPATIAL, FOREIGN_KEY};
 | 
						|
  enum Keytype type;
 | 
						|
  KEY_CREATE_INFO key_create_info;
 | 
						|
  List<Key_part_spec> columns;
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING name;
 | 
						|
  engine_option_value *option_list;
 | 
						|
  bool generated;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Key(enum Keytype type_par, const LEX_STRING &name_arg,
 | 
						|
      ha_key_alg algorithm_arg, bool generated_arg, DDL_options_st ddl_options)
 | 
						|
    :DDL_options(ddl_options),
 | 
						|
     type(type_par), key_create_info(default_key_create_info),
 | 
						|
    name(name_arg), option_list(NULL), generated(generated_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    key_create_info.algorithm= algorithm_arg;
 | 
						|
  } 
 | 
						|
  Key(enum Keytype type_par, const LEX_STRING &name_arg,
 | 
						|
      KEY_CREATE_INFO *key_info_arg,
 | 
						|
      bool generated_arg, List<Key_part_spec> &cols,
 | 
						|
      engine_option_value *create_opt, DDL_options_st ddl_options)
 | 
						|
    :DDL_options(ddl_options),
 | 
						|
     type(type_par), key_create_info(*key_info_arg), columns(cols),
 | 
						|
    name(name_arg), option_list(create_opt), generated(generated_arg)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
  Key(enum Keytype type_par, const char *name_arg, size_t name_len_arg,
 | 
						|
      KEY_CREATE_INFO *key_info_arg, bool generated_arg,
 | 
						|
      List<Key_part_spec> &cols,
 | 
						|
      engine_option_value *create_opt, DDL_options_st ddl_options)
 | 
						|
    :DDL_options(ddl_options),
 | 
						|
    type(type_par), key_create_info(*key_info_arg), columns(cols),
 | 
						|
    option_list(create_opt), generated(generated_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    name.str= (char *)name_arg;
 | 
						|
    name.length= name_len_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Key(const Key &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
 | 
						|
  virtual ~Key() {}
 | 
						|
  /* Equality comparison of keys (ignoring name) */
 | 
						|
  friend bool foreign_key_prefix(Key *a, Key *b);
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
 | 
						|
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual Key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
 | 
						|
    { return new (mem_root) Key(*this, mem_root); }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Foreign_key: public Key {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  enum fk_match_opt { FK_MATCH_UNDEF, FK_MATCH_FULL,
 | 
						|
		      FK_MATCH_PARTIAL, FK_MATCH_SIMPLE};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING ref_db;
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING ref_table;
 | 
						|
  List<Key_part_spec> ref_columns;
 | 
						|
  uint delete_opt, update_opt, match_opt;
 | 
						|
  Foreign_key(const LEX_STRING &name_arg, List<Key_part_spec> &cols,
 | 
						|
	      const LEX_STRING &ref_db_arg, const LEX_STRING &ref_table_arg,
 | 
						|
              List<Key_part_spec> &ref_cols,
 | 
						|
	      uint delete_opt_arg, uint update_opt_arg, uint match_opt_arg,
 | 
						|
	      DDL_options ddl_options)
 | 
						|
    :Key(FOREIGN_KEY, name_arg, &default_key_create_info, 0, cols, NULL,
 | 
						|
         ddl_options),
 | 
						|
    ref_db(ref_db_arg), ref_table(ref_table_arg), ref_columns(ref_cols),
 | 
						|
    delete_opt(delete_opt_arg), update_opt(update_opt_arg),
 | 
						|
    match_opt(match_opt_arg)
 | 
						|
   {
 | 
						|
    // We don't check for duplicate FKs.
 | 
						|
    key_create_info.check_for_duplicate_indexes= false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 Foreign_key(const Foreign_key &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
 | 
						|
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual Key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
 | 
						|
  { return new (mem_root) Foreign_key(*this, mem_root); }
 | 
						|
  /* Used to validate foreign key options */
 | 
						|
  bool validate(List<Create_field> &table_fields);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct st_mysql_lock
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  TABLE **table;
 | 
						|
  uint table_count,lock_count;
 | 
						|
  THR_LOCK_DATA **locks;
 | 
						|
} MYSQL_LOCK;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class LEX_COLUMN : public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  String column;
 | 
						|
  uint rights;
 | 
						|
  LEX_COLUMN (const String& x,const  uint& y ): column (x),rights (y) {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class MY_LOCALE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Query_cache_tls -- query cache thread local data.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct Query_cache_block;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct Query_cache_tls
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    'first_query_block' should be accessed only via query cache
 | 
						|
    functions and methods to maintain proper locking.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Query_cache_block *first_query_block;
 | 
						|
  void set_first_query_block(Query_cache_block *first_query_block_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    first_query_block= first_query_block_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Query_cache_tls() :first_query_block(NULL) {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* SIGNAL / RESIGNAL / GET DIAGNOSTICS */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  This enumeration list all the condition item names of a condition in the
 | 
						|
  SQL condition area.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef enum enum_diag_condition_item_name
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Conditions that can be set by the user (SIGNAL/RESIGNAL),
 | 
						|
    and by the server implementation.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DIAG_CLASS_ORIGIN= 0,
 | 
						|
  FIRST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY= DIAG_CLASS_ORIGIN,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_SUBCLASS_ORIGIN= 1,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_CONSTRAINT_CATALOG= 2,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA= 3,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME= 4,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_CATALOG_NAME= 5,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_SCHEMA_NAME= 6,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_TABLE_NAME= 7,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_COLUMN_NAME= 8,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_CURSOR_NAME= 9,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_MESSAGE_TEXT= 10,
 | 
						|
  DIAG_MYSQL_ERRNO= 11,
 | 
						|
  LAST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY= DIAG_MYSQL_ERRNO
 | 
						|
} Diag_condition_item_name;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Name of each diagnostic condition item.
 | 
						|
  This array is indexed by Diag_condition_item_name.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
extern const LEX_STRING Diag_condition_item_names[];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  These states are bit coded with HARD. For each state there must be a pair
 | 
						|
  <state_even_num>, and <state_odd_num>_HARD.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
enum killed_state
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NOT_KILLED= 0,
 | 
						|
  KILL_HARD_BIT= 1,                             /* Bit for HARD KILL */
 | 
						|
  KILL_BAD_DATA= 2,
 | 
						|
  KILL_BAD_DATA_HARD= 3,
 | 
						|
  KILL_QUERY= 4,
 | 
						|
  KILL_QUERY_HARD= 5,
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    ABORT_QUERY signals to the query processor to stop execution ASAP without
 | 
						|
    issuing an error. Instead a warning is issued, and when possible a partial
 | 
						|
    query result is returned to the client.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ABORT_QUERY= 6,
 | 
						|
  ABORT_QUERY_HARD= 7,
 | 
						|
  KILL_TIMEOUT= 8,
 | 
						|
  KILL_TIMEOUT_HARD= 9,
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    When binlog reading thread connects to the server it kills
 | 
						|
    all the binlog threads with the same ID.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  KILL_SLAVE_SAME_ID= 10,
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    All of the following killed states will kill the connection
 | 
						|
    KILL_CONNECTION must be the first of these and it must start with
 | 
						|
    an even number (becasue of HARD bit)!
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  KILL_CONNECTION= 12,
 | 
						|
  KILL_CONNECTION_HARD= 13,
 | 
						|
  KILL_SYSTEM_THREAD= 14,
 | 
						|
  KILL_SYSTEM_THREAD_HARD= 15,
 | 
						|
  KILL_SERVER= 16,
 | 
						|
  KILL_SERVER_HARD= 17,
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Used in threadpool to signal wait timeout.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  KILL_WAIT_TIMEOUT= 18,
 | 
						|
  KILL_WAIT_TIMEOUT_HARD= 19
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define killed_mask_hard(killed) ((killed_state) ((killed) & ~KILL_HARD_BIT))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum killed_type
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  KILL_TYPE_ID,
 | 
						|
  KILL_TYPE_USER,
 | 
						|
  KILL_TYPE_QUERY
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "sql_lex.h"				/* Must be here */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Delayed_insert;
 | 
						|
class select_result;
 | 
						|
class Time_zone;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define THD_SENTRY_MAGIC 0xfeedd1ff
 | 
						|
#define THD_SENTRY_GONE  0xdeadbeef
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define THD_CHECK_SENTRY(thd) DBUG_ASSERT(thd->dbug_sentry == THD_SENTRY_MAGIC)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct system_variables
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    How dynamically allocated system variables are handled:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The global_system_variables and max_system_variables are "authoritative"
 | 
						|
    They both should have the same 'version' and 'size'.
 | 
						|
    When attempting to access a dynamic variable, if the session version
 | 
						|
    is out of date, then the session version is updated and realloced if
 | 
						|
    neccessary and bytes copied from global to make up for missing data.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Note that one should use my_bool instead of bool here, as the variables
 | 
						|
    are used with my_getopt.c
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulong dynamic_variables_version;
 | 
						|
  char* dynamic_variables_ptr;
 | 
						|
  uint dynamic_variables_head;    /* largest valid variable offset */
 | 
						|
  uint dynamic_variables_size;    /* how many bytes are in use */
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  ulonglong max_heap_table_size;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong tmp_memory_table_size;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong tmp_disk_table_size;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong long_query_time;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong max_statement_time;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong optimizer_switch;
 | 
						|
  sql_mode_t sql_mode; ///< which non-standard SQL behaviour should be enabled
 | 
						|
  sql_mode_t old_behavior; ///< which old SQL behaviour should be enabled
 | 
						|
  ulonglong option_bits; ///< OPTION_xxx constants, e.g. OPTION_PROFILING
 | 
						|
  ulonglong join_buff_space_limit;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong log_slow_filter; 
 | 
						|
  ulonglong log_slow_verbosity; 
 | 
						|
  ulonglong bulk_insert_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong join_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong sortbuff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong group_concat_max_len;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong default_regex_flags;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong max_mem_used;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
     Place holders to store Multi-source variables in sys_var.cc during
 | 
						|
     update and show of variables.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong slave_skip_counter;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong max_relay_log_size;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ha_rows select_limit;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows max_join_size;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows expensive_subquery_limit;
 | 
						|
  ulong auto_increment_increment, auto_increment_offset;
 | 
						|
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Stored values of the auto_increment_increment and auto_increment_offset
 | 
						|
    that are will be restored when wsrep_auto_increment_control will be set
 | 
						|
    to 'OFF', because the setting it to 'ON' leads to overwriting of the
 | 
						|
    original values (which are set by the user) by calculated ones (which
 | 
						|
    are based on the cluster size):
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulong saved_auto_increment_increment, saved_auto_increment_offset;
 | 
						|
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
 | 
						|
  uint eq_range_index_dive_limit;
 | 
						|
  ulong lock_wait_timeout;
 | 
						|
  ulong join_cache_level;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_allowed_packet;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_error_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_length_for_sort_data;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_recursive_iterations;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_sort_length;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_tmp_tables;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_insert_delayed_threads;
 | 
						|
  ulong min_examined_row_limit;
 | 
						|
  ulong multi_range_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong net_buffer_length;
 | 
						|
  ulong net_interactive_timeout;
 | 
						|
  ulong net_read_timeout;
 | 
						|
  ulong net_retry_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong net_wait_timeout;
 | 
						|
  ulong net_write_timeout;
 | 
						|
  ulong optimizer_prune_level;
 | 
						|
  ulong optimizer_search_depth;
 | 
						|
  ulong optimizer_selectivity_sampling_limit;
 | 
						|
  ulong optimizer_use_condition_selectivity;
 | 
						|
  ulong use_stat_tables;
 | 
						|
  ulong histogram_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong histogram_type;
 | 
						|
  ulong preload_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong profiling_history_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong read_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong read_rnd_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong mrr_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong div_precincrement;
 | 
						|
  /* Total size of all buffers used by the subselect_rowid_merge_engine. */
 | 
						|
  ulong rowid_merge_buff_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_sp_recursion_depth;
 | 
						|
  ulong default_week_format;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_seeks_for_key;
 | 
						|
  ulong range_alloc_block_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong query_alloc_block_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong query_prealloc_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong trans_alloc_block_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong trans_prealloc_size;
 | 
						|
  ulong log_warnings;
 | 
						|
  /* Flags for slow log filtering */
 | 
						|
  ulong log_slow_rate_limit; 
 | 
						|
  ulong binlog_format; ///< binlog format for this thd (see enum_binlog_format)
 | 
						|
  ulong binlog_row_image;
 | 
						|
  ulong progress_report_time;
 | 
						|
  ulong completion_type;
 | 
						|
  ulong query_cache_type;
 | 
						|
  ulong tx_isolation;
 | 
						|
  ulong updatable_views_with_limit;
 | 
						|
  int max_user_connections;
 | 
						|
  ulong server_id;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    In slave thread we need to know in behalf of which
 | 
						|
    thread the query is being run to replicate temp tables properly
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  my_thread_id pseudo_thread_id;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
     When replicating an event group with GTID, keep these values around so
 | 
						|
     slave binlog can receive the same GTID as the original.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint32     gtid_domain_id;
 | 
						|
  uint64     gtid_seq_no;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Default transaction access mode. READ ONLY (true) or READ WRITE (false).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  my_bool tx_read_only;
 | 
						|
  my_bool low_priority_updates;
 | 
						|
  my_bool query_cache_wlock_invalidate;
 | 
						|
  my_bool keep_files_on_create;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  my_bool old_mode;
 | 
						|
  my_bool old_alter_table;
 | 
						|
  my_bool old_passwords;
 | 
						|
  my_bool big_tables;
 | 
						|
  my_bool only_standard_compliant_cte;
 | 
						|
  my_bool query_cache_strip_comments;
 | 
						|
  my_bool sql_log_slow;
 | 
						|
  my_bool sql_log_bin;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    A flag to help detect whether binary logging was temporarily disabled
 | 
						|
    (see tmp_disable_binlog(A) macro).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  my_bool sql_log_bin_off;
 | 
						|
  my_bool binlog_annotate_row_events;
 | 
						|
  my_bool binlog_direct_non_trans_update;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  plugin_ref table_plugin;
 | 
						|
  plugin_ref tmp_table_plugin;
 | 
						|
  plugin_ref enforced_table_plugin;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Only charset part of these variables is sensible */
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO  *character_set_filesystem;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO  *character_set_client;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO  *character_set_results;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Both charset and collation parts of these variables are important */
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO	*collation_server;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO	*collation_database;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO  *collation_connection;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Names. These will be allocated in buffers in thd */
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING default_master_connection;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Error messages */
 | 
						|
  MY_LOCALE *lc_messages;
 | 
						|
  const char ***errmsgs;             /* lc_messages->errmsg->errmsgs */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Locale Support */
 | 
						|
  MY_LOCALE *lc_time_names;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Time_zone *time_zone;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  my_bool sysdate_is_now;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* deadlock detection */
 | 
						|
  ulong wt_timeout_short, wt_deadlock_search_depth_short;
 | 
						|
  ulong wt_timeout_long, wt_deadlock_search_depth_long;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  my_bool wsrep_on;
 | 
						|
  my_bool wsrep_causal_reads;
 | 
						|
  my_bool wsrep_dirty_reads;
 | 
						|
  uint wsrep_sync_wait;
 | 
						|
  ulong wsrep_retry_autocommit;
 | 
						|
  ulong wsrep_OSU_method;
 | 
						|
  double long_query_time_double, max_statement_time_double;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  my_bool pseudo_slave_mode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  char *session_track_system_variables;
 | 
						|
  ulong session_track_transaction_info;
 | 
						|
  my_bool session_track_schema;
 | 
						|
  my_bool session_track_state_change;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong threadpool_priority;
 | 
						|
} SV;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Per thread status variables.
 | 
						|
  Must be long/ulong up to last_system_status_var so that
 | 
						|
  add_to_status/add_diff_to_status can work.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct system_status_var
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stat[(uint) SQLCOM_END];
 | 
						|
  ulong com_create_tmp_table;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_drop_tmp_table;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_other;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_multi;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_prepare;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_reprepare;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_execute;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_send_long_data;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_fetch;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_reset;
 | 
						|
  ulong com_stmt_close;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong com_register_slave;
 | 
						|
  ulong created_tmp_disk_tables_;
 | 
						|
  ulong created_tmp_tables_;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_commit_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_delete_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_first_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_last_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_key_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_next_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_prev_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_retry_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_rnd_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_rnd_next_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_read_rnd_deleted_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This number doesn't include calls to the default implementation and
 | 
						|
    calls made by range access. The intent is to count only calls made by
 | 
						|
    BatchedKeyAccess.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_mrr_init_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_mrr_key_refills_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_mrr_rowid_refills_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_rollback_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_update_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_write_count;
 | 
						|
  /* The following are for internal temporary tables */
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_tmp_update_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_tmp_write_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_prepare_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_icp_attempts;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_icp_match;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_discover_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_savepoint_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_savepoint_rollback_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong ha_external_lock_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong net_big_packet_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong opened_tables;
 | 
						|
  ulong opened_shares;
 | 
						|
  ulong opened_views;               /* +1 opening a view */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong select_full_join_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong select_full_range_join_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong select_range_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong select_range_check_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong select_scan_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong update_scan_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong delete_scan_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong executed_triggers;
 | 
						|
  ulong long_query_count;
 | 
						|
  ulong filesort_merge_passes_;
 | 
						|
  ulong filesort_range_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong filesort_rows_;
 | 
						|
  ulong filesort_scan_count_;
 | 
						|
  ulong filesort_pq_sorts_;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Features used */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_dynamic_columns;    /* +1 when creating a dynamic column */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_fulltext;	    /* +1 when MATCH is used */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_gis;                /* +1 opening a table with GIS features */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_locale;		    /* +1 when LOCALE is set */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_subquery;	    /* +1 when subqueries are used */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_timezone;	    /* +1 when XPATH is used */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_trigger;	    /* +1 opening a table with triggers */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_xml;		    /* +1 when XPATH is used */
 | 
						|
  ulong feature_window_functions;   /* +1 when window functions are used */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* From MASTER_GTID_WAIT usage */
 | 
						|
  ulong master_gtid_wait_timeouts;          /* Number of timeouts */
 | 
						|
  ulong master_gtid_wait_time;              /* Time in microseconds */
 | 
						|
  ulong master_gtid_wait_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulong empty_queries;
 | 
						|
  ulong access_denied_errors;
 | 
						|
  ulong lost_connections;
 | 
						|
  ulong max_statement_time_exceeded;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Number of statements sent from the client
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulong questions;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    IMPORTANT!
 | 
						|
    SEE last_system_status_var DEFINITION BELOW.
 | 
						|
    Below 'last_system_status_var' are all variables that cannot be handled
 | 
						|
    automatically by add_to_status()/add_diff_to_status().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong bytes_received;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong bytes_sent;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong rows_read;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong rows_sent;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong rows_tmp_read;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong binlog_bytes_written;
 | 
						|
  double last_query_cost;
 | 
						|
  double cpu_time, busy_time;
 | 
						|
  /* Don't initialize */
 | 
						|
  /* Memory used for thread local storage */
 | 
						|
  volatile int64 local_memory_used;
 | 
						|
  /* Memory allocated for global usage */
 | 
						|
  volatile int64 global_memory_used;
 | 
						|
} STATUS_VAR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  This is used for 'SHOW STATUS'. It must be updated to the last ulong
 | 
						|
  variable in system_status_var which is makes sense to add to the global
 | 
						|
  counter
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define last_system_status_var questions
 | 
						|
#define last_cleared_system_status_var local_memory_used
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Global status variables
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern ulong feature_files_opened_with_delayed_keys, feature_check_constraint;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void add_to_status(STATUS_VAR *to_var, STATUS_VAR *from_var);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void add_diff_to_status(STATUS_VAR *to_var, STATUS_VAR *from_var,
 | 
						|
                        STATUS_VAR *dec_var);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Update global_memory_used. We have to do this with atomic_add as the
 | 
						|
  global value can change outside of LOCK_status.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
inline void update_global_memory_status(int64 size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DBUG_PRINT("info", ("global memory_used: %lld  size: %lld",
 | 
						|
                      (longlong) global_status_var.global_memory_used,
 | 
						|
                      size));
 | 
						|
  // workaround for gcc 4.2.4-1ubuntu4 -fPIE (from DEB_BUILD_HARDENING=1)
 | 
						|
  int64 volatile * volatile ptr= &global_status_var.global_memory_used;
 | 
						|
  my_atomic_add64_explicit(ptr, size, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Get collation by name, send error to client on failure.
 | 
						|
  @param name     Collation name
 | 
						|
  @param name_cs  Character set of the name string
 | 
						|
  @return
 | 
						|
  @retval         NULL on error
 | 
						|
  @retval         Pointter to CHARSET_INFO with the given name on success
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
inline CHARSET_INFO *
 | 
						|
mysqld_collation_get_by_name(const char *name,
 | 
						|
                             CHARSET_INFO *name_cs= system_charset_info)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
 | 
						|
  MY_CHARSET_LOADER loader;
 | 
						|
  my_charset_loader_init_mysys(&loader);
 | 
						|
  if (!(cs= my_collation_get_by_name(&loader, name, MYF(0))))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    ErrConvString err(name, name_cs);
 | 
						|
    my_error(ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION, MYF(0), err.ptr());
 | 
						|
    if (loader.error[0])
 | 
						|
      push_warning_printf(current_thd,
 | 
						|
                          Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
 | 
						|
                          ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION, "%s", loader.error);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return cs;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool is_supported_parser_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return MY_TEST(cs->mbminlen == 1);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void free_tmp_table(THD *thd, TABLE *entry);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The following macro is to make init of Query_arena simpler */
 | 
						|
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
 | 
						|
#define INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO is_backup_arena= 0; is_reprepared= FALSE;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Query_arena
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    List of items created in the parser for this query. Every item puts
 | 
						|
    itself to the list on creation (see Item::Item() for details))
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Item *free_list;
 | 
						|
  MEM_ROOT *mem_root;                   // Pointer to current memroot
 | 
						|
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
 | 
						|
  bool is_backup_arena; /* True if this arena is used for backup. */
 | 
						|
  bool is_reprepared;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The states relfects three diffrent life cycles for three
 | 
						|
    different types of statements:
 | 
						|
    Prepared statement: STMT_INITIALIZED -> STMT_PREPARED -> STMT_EXECUTED.
 | 
						|
    Stored procedure:   STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP -> STMT_EXECUTED.
 | 
						|
    Other statements:   STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION never changes.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum enum_state
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    STMT_INITIALIZED= 0, STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP= 1, STMT_PREPARED= 2,
 | 
						|
    STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION= 3, STMT_EXECUTED= 4, STMT_ERROR= -1
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  enum_state state;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* We build without RTTI, so dynamic_cast can't be used. */
 | 
						|
  enum Type
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    STATEMENT, PREPARED_STATEMENT, STORED_PROCEDURE, TABLE_ARENA
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Query_arena(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, enum enum_state state_arg) :
 | 
						|
    free_list(0), mem_root(mem_root_arg), state(state_arg)
 | 
						|
  { INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO; }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This constructor is used only when Query_arena is created as
 | 
						|
    backup storage for another instance of Query_arena.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Query_arena() { INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  virtual Type type() const;
 | 
						|
  virtual ~Query_arena() {};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare() const { return state == STMT_INITIALIZED; }
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute() const
 | 
						|
  { return (int)state < (int)STMT_PREPARED; }
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute() const
 | 
						|
  { return (int)state <= (int)STMT_PREPARED; }
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_execute() const
 | 
						|
  { return state == STMT_PREPARED || state == STMT_EXECUTED; }
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_conventional() const
 | 
						|
  { return state == STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void* alloc(size_t size) { return alloc_root(mem_root,size); }
 | 
						|
  inline void* calloc(size_t size)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    void *ptr;
 | 
						|
    if ((ptr=alloc_root(mem_root,size)))
 | 
						|
      bzero(ptr, size);
 | 
						|
    return ptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline char *strdup(const char *str)
 | 
						|
  { return strdup_root(mem_root,str); }
 | 
						|
  inline char *strmake(const char *str, size_t size)
 | 
						|
  { return strmake_root(mem_root,str,size); }
 | 
						|
  inline void *memdup(const void *str, size_t size)
 | 
						|
  { return memdup_root(mem_root,str,size); }
 | 
						|
  inline void *memdup_w_gap(const void *str, size_t size, uint gap)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    void *ptr;
 | 
						|
    if ((ptr= alloc_root(mem_root,size+gap)))
 | 
						|
      memcpy(ptr,str,size);
 | 
						|
    return ptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void set_query_arena(Query_arena *set);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void free_items();
 | 
						|
  /* Close the active state associated with execution of this statement */
 | 
						|
  virtual void cleanup_stmt();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Query_arena_memroot: public Query_arena, public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  Query_arena_memroot(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, enum enum_state state_arg) :
 | 
						|
    Query_arena(mem_root_arg, state_arg)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
  Query_arena_memroot() : Query_arena()
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  virtual ~Query_arena_memroot() {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Server_side_cursor;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  @class Statement
 | 
						|
  @brief State of a single command executed against this connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  One connection can contain a lot of simultaneously running statements,
 | 
						|
  some of which could be:
 | 
						|
   - prepared, that is, contain placeholders,
 | 
						|
   - opened as cursors. We maintain 1 to 1 relationship between
 | 
						|
     statement and cursor - if user wants to create another cursor for his
 | 
						|
     query, we create another statement for it.
 | 
						|
  To perform some action with statement we reset THD part to the state  of
 | 
						|
  that statement, do the action, and then save back modified state from THD
 | 
						|
  to the statement. It will be changed in near future, and Statement will
 | 
						|
  be used explicitly.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Statement: public ilink, public Query_arena
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  Statement(const Statement &rhs);              /* not implemented: */
 | 
						|
  Statement &operator=(const Statement &rhs);   /* non-copyable */
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Uniquely identifies each statement object in thread scope; change during
 | 
						|
    statement lifetime. FIXME: must be const
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
   ulong id;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    MARK_COLUMNS_NONE:  Means mark_used_colums is not set and no indicator to
 | 
						|
                        handler of fields used is set
 | 
						|
    MARK_COLUMNS_READ:  Means a bit in read set is set to inform handler
 | 
						|
	                that the field is to be read. If field list contains
 | 
						|
                        duplicates, then thd->dup_field is set to point
 | 
						|
                        to the last found duplicate.
 | 
						|
    MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE: Means a bit is set in write set to inform handler
 | 
						|
			that it needs to update this field in write_row
 | 
						|
                        and update_row.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum enum_mark_columns mark_used_columns;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING name; /* name for named prepared statements */
 | 
						|
  LEX *lex;                                     // parse tree descriptor
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Points to the query associated with this statement. It's const, but
 | 
						|
    we need to declare it char * because all table handlers are written
 | 
						|
    in C and need to point to it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Note that if we set query = NULL, we must at the same time set
 | 
						|
    query_length = 0, and protect the whole operation with
 | 
						|
    LOCK_thd_data mutex. To avoid crashes in races, if we do not
 | 
						|
    know that thd->query cannot change at the moment, we should print
 | 
						|
    thd->query like this:
 | 
						|
      (1) reserve the LOCK_thd_data mutex;
 | 
						|
      (2) print or copy the value of query and query_length
 | 
						|
      (3) release LOCK_thd_data mutex.
 | 
						|
    This printing is needed at least in SHOW PROCESSLIST and SHOW
 | 
						|
    ENGINE INNODB STATUS.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  CSET_STRING query_string;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    If opt_query_cache_strip_comments is set, this contains query without
 | 
						|
    comments. If not set, it contains pointer to query_string.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  String base_query;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline char *query() const { return query_string.str(); }
 | 
						|
  inline uint32 query_length() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return static_cast<uint32>(query_string.length());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *query_charset() const { return query_string.charset(); }
 | 
						|
  void set_query_inner(const CSET_STRING &string_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    query_string= string_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_query_inner(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg,
 | 
						|
                       CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    set_query_inner(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, cs_arg));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void reset_query_inner()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    set_query_inner(CSET_STRING());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Name of the current (default) database.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If there is the current (default) database, "db" contains its name. If
 | 
						|
    there is no current (default) database, "db" is NULL and "db_length" is
 | 
						|
    0. In other words, "db", "db_length" must either be NULL, or contain a
 | 
						|
    valid database name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @note this attribute is set and alloced by the slave SQL thread (for
 | 
						|
    the THD of that thread); that thread is (and must remain, for now) the
 | 
						|
    only responsible for freeing this member.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  char *db;
 | 
						|
  size_t db_length;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* This is set to 1 of last call to send_result_to_client() was ok */
 | 
						|
  my_bool query_cache_is_applicable;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* This constructor is called for backup statements */
 | 
						|
  Statement() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Statement(LEX *lex_arg, MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg,
 | 
						|
            enum enum_state state_arg, ulong id_arg);
 | 
						|
  virtual ~Statement();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Assign execution context (note: not all members) of given stmt to self */
 | 
						|
  virtual void set_statement(Statement *stmt);
 | 
						|
  void set_n_backup_statement(Statement *stmt, Statement *backup);
 | 
						|
  void restore_backup_statement(Statement *stmt, Statement *backup);
 | 
						|
  /* return class type */
 | 
						|
  virtual Type type() const;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Container for all statements created/used in a connection.
 | 
						|
  Statements in Statement_map have unique Statement::id (guaranteed by id
 | 
						|
  assignment in Statement::Statement)
 | 
						|
  Non-empty statement names are unique too: attempt to insert a new statement
 | 
						|
  with duplicate name causes older statement to be deleted
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Statements are auto-deleted when they are removed from the map and when the
 | 
						|
  map is deleted.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Statement_map
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  Statement_map();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int insert(THD *thd, Statement *statement);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Statement *find_by_name(LEX_STRING *name)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    Statement *stmt;
 | 
						|
    stmt= (Statement*)my_hash_search(&names_hash, (uchar*)name->str,
 | 
						|
                                     name->length);
 | 
						|
    return stmt;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Statement *find(ulong id)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (last_found_statement == 0 || id != last_found_statement->id)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      Statement *stmt;
 | 
						|
      stmt= (Statement *) my_hash_search(&st_hash, (uchar *) &id, sizeof(id));
 | 
						|
      if (stmt && stmt->name.str)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
      last_found_statement= stmt;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return last_found_statement;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Close all cursors of this connection that use tables of a storage
 | 
						|
    engine that has transaction-specific state and therefore can not
 | 
						|
    survive COMMIT or ROLLBACK. Currently all but MyISAM cursors are closed.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void close_transient_cursors();
 | 
						|
  void erase(Statement *statement);
 | 
						|
  /* Erase all statements (calls Statement destructor) */
 | 
						|
  void reset();
 | 
						|
  ~Statement_map();
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  HASH st_hash;
 | 
						|
  HASH names_hash;
 | 
						|
  I_List<Statement> transient_cursor_list;
 | 
						|
  Statement *last_found_statement;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct st_savepoint {
 | 
						|
  struct st_savepoint *prev;
 | 
						|
  char                *name;
 | 
						|
  uint                 length;
 | 
						|
  Ha_trx_info         *ha_list;
 | 
						|
  /** State of metadata locks before this savepoint was set. */
 | 
						|
  MDL_savepoint        mdl_savepoint;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum xa_states {XA_NOTR=0, XA_ACTIVE, XA_IDLE, XA_PREPARED, XA_ROLLBACK_ONLY};
 | 
						|
extern const char *xa_state_names[];
 | 
						|
class XID_cache_element;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct st_xid_state {
 | 
						|
  /* For now, this is only used to catch duplicated external xids */
 | 
						|
  XID  xid;                           // transaction identifier
 | 
						|
  enum xa_states xa_state;            // used by external XA only
 | 
						|
  /* Error reported by the Resource Manager (RM) to the Transaction Manager. */
 | 
						|
  uint rm_error;
 | 
						|
  XID_cache_element *xid_cache_element;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Check that XA transaction has an uncommitted work. Report an error
 | 
						|
    to the user in case when there is an uncommitted work for XA transaction.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @return  result of check
 | 
						|
      @retval  false  XA transaction is NOT in state IDLE, PREPARED
 | 
						|
                      or ROLLBACK_ONLY.
 | 
						|
      @retval  true   XA transaction is in state IDLE or PREPARED
 | 
						|
                      or ROLLBACK_ONLY.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool check_has_uncommitted_xa() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (xa_state == XA_IDLE ||
 | 
						|
        xa_state == XA_PREPARED ||
 | 
						|
        xa_state == XA_ROLLBACK_ONLY)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      my_error(ER_XAER_RMFAIL, MYF(0), xa_state_names[xa_state]);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
} XID_STATE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void xid_cache_init(void);
 | 
						|
void xid_cache_free(void);
 | 
						|
XID_STATE *xid_cache_search(THD *thd, XID *xid);
 | 
						|
bool xid_cache_insert(XID *xid, enum xa_states xa_state);
 | 
						|
bool xid_cache_insert(THD *thd, XID_STATE *xid_state);
 | 
						|
void xid_cache_delete(THD *thd, XID_STATE *xid_state);
 | 
						|
int xid_cache_iterate(THD *thd, my_hash_walk_action action, void *argument);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  @class Security_context
 | 
						|
  @brief A set of THD members describing the current authenticated user.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Security_context {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  Security_context() {}                       /* Remove gcc warning */
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    host - host of the client
 | 
						|
    user - user of the client, set to NULL until the user has been read from
 | 
						|
    the connection
 | 
						|
    priv_user - The user privilege we are using. May be "" for anonymous user.
 | 
						|
    ip - client IP
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  const char *host;
 | 
						|
  char   *user, *ip;
 | 
						|
  char   priv_user[USERNAME_LENGTH];
 | 
						|
  char   proxy_user[USERNAME_LENGTH + MAX_HOSTNAME + 5];
 | 
						|
  /* The host privilege we are using */
 | 
						|
  char   priv_host[MAX_HOSTNAME];
 | 
						|
  /* The role privilege we are using */
 | 
						|
  char   priv_role[USERNAME_LENGTH];
 | 
						|
  /* The external user (if available) */
 | 
						|
  char   *external_user;
 | 
						|
  /* points to host if host is available, otherwise points to ip */
 | 
						|
  const char *host_or_ip;
 | 
						|
  ulong master_access;                 /* Global privileges from mysql.user */
 | 
						|
  ulong db_access;                     /* Privileges for current db */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void init();
 | 
						|
  void destroy();
 | 
						|
  void skip_grants();
 | 
						|
  inline char *priv_host_name()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return (*priv_host ? priv_host : (char *)"%");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool set_user(char *user_arg);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
 | 
						|
  bool
 | 
						|
  change_security_context(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                          LEX_STRING *definer_user,
 | 
						|
                          LEX_STRING *definer_host,
 | 
						|
                          LEX_STRING *db,
 | 
						|
                          Security_context **backup);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void
 | 
						|
  restore_security_context(THD *thd, Security_context *backup);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  bool user_matches(Security_context *);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  A registry for item tree transformations performed during
 | 
						|
  query optimization. We register only those changes which require
 | 
						|
  a rollback to re-execute a prepared statement or stored procedure
 | 
						|
  yet another time.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct Item_change_record;
 | 
						|
class Item_change_list
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  I_List<Item_change_record> change_list;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  void nocheck_register_item_tree_change(Item **place, Item *old_value,
 | 
						|
                                         MEM_ROOT *runtime_memroot);
 | 
						|
  void check_and_register_item_tree_change(Item **place, Item **new_value,
 | 
						|
                                           MEM_ROOT *runtime_memroot);
 | 
						|
  void rollback_item_tree_changes();
 | 
						|
  void move_elements_to(Item_change_list *to)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    change_list.move_elements_to(&to->change_list);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool is_empty() { return change_list.is_empty(); }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Item_change_list_savepoint: public Item_change_list
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  Item_change_list_savepoint(Item_change_list *list)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    list->move_elements_to(this);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void rollback(Item_change_list *list)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    list->rollback_item_tree_changes();
 | 
						|
    move_elements_to(list);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ~Item_change_list_savepoint()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_empty());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Type of locked tables mode.
 | 
						|
  See comment for THD::locked_tables_mode for complete description.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum enum_locked_tables_mode
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  LTM_NONE= 0,
 | 
						|
  LTM_LOCK_TABLES,
 | 
						|
  LTM_PRELOCKED,
 | 
						|
  LTM_PRELOCKED_UNDER_LOCK_TABLES,
 | 
						|
  LTM_always_last
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  The following structure is an extension to TABLE_SHARE and is
 | 
						|
  exclusively for temporary tables.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  @note:
 | 
						|
  Although, TDC_element has data members (like next, prev &
 | 
						|
  all_tables) to store the list of TABLE_SHARE & TABLE objects
 | 
						|
  related to a particular TABLE_SHARE, they cannot be moved to
 | 
						|
  TABLE_SHARE in order to be reused for temporary tables. This
 | 
						|
  is because, as concurrent threads iterating through hash of
 | 
						|
  TDC_element's may need access to all_tables, but if all_tables
 | 
						|
  is made part of TABLE_SHARE, then TDC_element->share->all_tables
 | 
						|
  is not always guaranteed to be valid, as TDC_element can live
 | 
						|
  longer than TABLE_SHARE.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct TMP_TABLE_SHARE : public TABLE_SHARE
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   Link to all temporary table shares. Declared as private to
 | 
						|
   avoid direct manipulation with those objects. One should
 | 
						|
   use methods of I_P_List template instead.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *tmp_next;
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE **tmp_prev;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  friend struct All_tmp_table_shares;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Doubly-linked (back-linked) lists of used and unused TABLE objects
 | 
						|
    for this share.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  All_share_tables_list all_tmp_tables;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Helper class which specifies which members of TMP_TABLE_SHARE are
 | 
						|
  used for participation in the list of temporary tables.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct All_tmp_table_shares
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE **next_ptr(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *l)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return &l->tmp_next;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  static inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE ***prev_ptr(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *l)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return &l->tmp_prev;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Also used in rpl_rli.h. */
 | 
						|
typedef I_P_List <TMP_TABLE_SHARE, All_tmp_table_shares> All_tmp_tables_list;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Class that holds information about tables which were opened and locked
 | 
						|
  by the thread. It is also used to save/restore this information in
 | 
						|
  push_open_tables_state()/pop_open_tables_state().
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Open_tables_state
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    As part of class THD, this member is set during execution
 | 
						|
    of a prepared statement. When it is set, it is used
 | 
						|
    by the locking subsystem to report a change in table metadata.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When Open_tables_state part of THD is reset to open
 | 
						|
    a system or INFORMATION_SCHEMA table, the member is cleared
 | 
						|
    to avoid spurious ER_NEED_REPREPARE errors -- system and
 | 
						|
    INFORMATION_SCHEMA tables are not subject to metadata version
 | 
						|
    tracking.
 | 
						|
    @sa check_and_update_table_version()
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Reprepare_observer *m_reprepare_observer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    List of regular tables in use by this thread. Contains temporary and
 | 
						|
    base tables that were opened with @see open_tables().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  TABLE *open_tables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    A list of temporary tables used by this thread. This includes
 | 
						|
    user-level temporary tables, created with CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE,
 | 
						|
    and internal temporary tables, created, e.g., to resolve a SELECT,
 | 
						|
    or for an intermediate table used in ALTER.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  All_tmp_tables_list *temporary_tables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Derived tables.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  TABLE *derived_tables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* 
 | 
						|
    Temporary tables created for recursive table references.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  TABLE *rec_tables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    During a MySQL session, one can lock tables in two modes: automatic
 | 
						|
    or manual. In automatic mode all necessary tables are locked just before
 | 
						|
    statement execution, and all acquired locks are stored in 'lock'
 | 
						|
    member. Unlocking takes place automatically as well, when the
 | 
						|
    statement ends.
 | 
						|
    Manual mode comes into play when a user issues a 'LOCK TABLES'
 | 
						|
    statement. In this mode the user can only use the locked tables.
 | 
						|
    Trying to use any other tables will give an error.
 | 
						|
    The locked tables are also stored in this member, however,
 | 
						|
    thd->locked_tables_mode is turned on.  Manual locking is described in
 | 
						|
    the 'LOCK_TABLES' chapter of the MySQL manual.
 | 
						|
    See also lock_tables() for details.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_LOCK *lock;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    CREATE-SELECT keeps an extra lock for the table being
 | 
						|
    created. This field is used to keep the extra lock available for
 | 
						|
    lower level routines, which would otherwise miss that lock.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_LOCK *extra_lock;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Enum enum_locked_tables_mode and locked_tables_mode member are
 | 
						|
    used to indicate whether the so-called "locked tables mode" is on,
 | 
						|
    and what kind of mode is active.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Locked tables mode is used when it's necessary to open and
 | 
						|
    lock many tables at once, for usage across multiple
 | 
						|
    (sub-)statements.
 | 
						|
    This may be necessary either for queries that use stored functions
 | 
						|
    and triggers, in which case the statements inside functions and
 | 
						|
    triggers may be executed many times, or for implementation of
 | 
						|
    LOCK TABLES, in which case the opened tables are reused by all
 | 
						|
    subsequent statements until a call to UNLOCK TABLES.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The kind of locked tables mode employed for stored functions and
 | 
						|
    triggers is also called "prelocked mode".
 | 
						|
    In this mode, first open_tables() call to open the tables used
 | 
						|
    in a statement analyses all functions used by the statement
 | 
						|
    and adds all indirectly used tables to the list of tables to
 | 
						|
    open and lock.
 | 
						|
    It also marks the parse tree of the statement as requiring
 | 
						|
    prelocking. After that, lock_tables() locks the entire list
 | 
						|
    of tables and changes THD::locked_tables_modeto LTM_PRELOCKED.
 | 
						|
    All statements executed inside functions or triggers
 | 
						|
    use the prelocked tables, instead of opening their own ones.
 | 
						|
    Prelocked mode is turned off automatically once close_thread_tables()
 | 
						|
    of the main statement is called.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum enum_locked_tables_mode locked_tables_mode;
 | 
						|
  uint current_tablenr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  enum enum_flags {
 | 
						|
    BACKUPS_AVAIL = (1U << 0)     /* There are backups available */
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Flags with information about the open tables state.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint state_flags;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
     This constructor initializes Open_tables_state instance which can only
 | 
						|
     be used as backup storage. To prepare Open_tables_state instance for
 | 
						|
     operations which open/lock/close tables (e.g. open_table()) one has to
 | 
						|
     call init_open_tables_state().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Open_tables_state() : state_flags(0U) { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void set_open_tables_state(Open_tables_state *state)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    *this= *state;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void reset_open_tables_state(THD *thd)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    open_tables= 0;
 | 
						|
    temporary_tables= 0;
 | 
						|
    derived_tables= 0;
 | 
						|
    rec_tables= 0;
 | 
						|
    extra_lock= 0;
 | 
						|
    lock= 0;
 | 
						|
    locked_tables_mode= LTM_NONE;
 | 
						|
    state_flags= 0U;
 | 
						|
    m_reprepare_observer= NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Storage for backup of Open_tables_state. Must
 | 
						|
  be used only to open system tables (TABLE_CATEGORY_SYSTEM
 | 
						|
  and TABLE_CATEGORY_LOG).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Open_tables_backup: public Open_tables_state
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    When we backup the open tables state to open a system
 | 
						|
    table or tables, we want to save state of metadata
 | 
						|
    locks which were acquired before the backup. It is used
 | 
						|
    to release metadata locks on system tables after they are
 | 
						|
    no longer used.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  MDL_savepoint mdl_system_tables_svp;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  @class Sub_statement_state
 | 
						|
  @brief Used to save context when executing a function or trigger
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  operations on stat tables aren't technically a sub-statement, but they are
 | 
						|
  similar in a sense that they cannot change the transaction status.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Defines used for Sub_statement_state::in_sub_stmt */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define SUB_STMT_TRIGGER 1
 | 
						|
#define SUB_STMT_FUNCTION 2
 | 
						|
#define SUB_STMT_STAT_TABLES 4
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Sub_statement_state
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  ulonglong option_bits;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt, insert_id_for_cur_row;
 | 
						|
  Discrete_interval auto_inc_interval_for_cur_row;
 | 
						|
  Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_forced;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong limit_found_rows;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows    cuted_fields, sent_row_count, examined_row_count;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong client_capabilities;
 | 
						|
  ulong query_plan_flags; 
 | 
						|
  uint in_sub_stmt;    /* 0,  SUB_STMT_TRIGGER or SUB_STMT_FUNCTION */
 | 
						|
  bool enable_slow_log;
 | 
						|
  bool last_insert_id_used;
 | 
						|
  SAVEPOINT *savepoints;
 | 
						|
  enum enum_check_fields count_cuted_fields;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Flags for the THD::system_thread variable */
 | 
						|
enum enum_thread_type
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NON_SYSTEM_THREAD= 0,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_DELAYED_INSERT= 1,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_IO= 2,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_SQL= 4,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_SCHEDULER= 8,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_WORKER= 16,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_BINLOG_BACKGROUND= 32,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_BACKGROUND= 64,
 | 
						|
  SYSTEM_THREAD_GENERIC= 128
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline char const *
 | 
						|
show_system_thread(enum_thread_type thread)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#define RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(NAME) case (NAME): return #NAME
 | 
						|
  switch (thread) {
 | 
						|
    static char buf[64];
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(NON_SYSTEM_THREAD);
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_DELAYED_INSERT);
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_IO);
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_SQL);
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_SCHEDULER);
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_WORKER);
 | 
						|
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_BACKGROUND);
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    sprintf(buf, "<UNKNOWN SYSTEM THREAD: %d>", thread);
 | 
						|
    return buf;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#undef RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  This class represents the interface for internal error handlers.
 | 
						|
  Internal error handlers are exception handlers used by the server
 | 
						|
  implementation.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Internal_error_handler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  Internal_error_handler() :
 | 
						|
    m_prev_internal_handler(NULL)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  virtual ~Internal_error_handler() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Handle a sql condition.
 | 
						|
    This method can be implemented by a subclass to achieve any of the
 | 
						|
    following:
 | 
						|
    - mask a warning/error internally, prevent exposing it to the user,
 | 
						|
    - mask a warning/error and throw another one instead.
 | 
						|
    When this method returns true, the sql condition is considered
 | 
						|
    'handled', and will not be propagated to upper layers.
 | 
						|
    It is the responsability of the code installing an internal handler
 | 
						|
    to then check for trapped conditions, and implement logic to recover
 | 
						|
    from the anticipated conditions trapped during runtime.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This mechanism is similar to C++ try/throw/catch:
 | 
						|
    - 'try' correspond to <code>THD::push_internal_handler()</code>,
 | 
						|
    - 'throw' correspond to <code>my_error()</code>,
 | 
						|
    which invokes <code>my_message_sql()</code>,
 | 
						|
    - 'catch' correspond to checking how/if an internal handler was invoked,
 | 
						|
    before removing it from the exception stack with
 | 
						|
    <code>THD::pop_internal_handler()</code>.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param thd the calling thread
 | 
						|
    @param cond the condition raised.
 | 
						|
    @return true if the condition is handled
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                                uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                                const char* sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                                Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
 | 
						|
                                const char* msg,
 | 
						|
                                Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  Internal_error_handler *m_prev_internal_handler;
 | 
						|
  friend class THD;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Implements the trivial error handler which cancels all error states
 | 
						|
  and prevents an SQLSTATE to be set.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Dummy_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                        uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                        const char* sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
 | 
						|
                        const char* msg,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore error */
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Dummy_error_handler() {}                    /* Remove gcc warning */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Implements the trivial error handler which counts errors as they happen.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Counting_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  int errors;
 | 
						|
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                        uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                        const char* sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
 | 
						|
                        const char* msg,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (*level == Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR)
 | 
						|
      errors++;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Counting_error_handler() : errors(0) {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  This class is an internal error handler implementation for
 | 
						|
  DROP TABLE statements. The thing is that there may be warnings during
 | 
						|
  execution of these statements, which should not be exposed to the user.
 | 
						|
  This class is intended to silence such warnings.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Drop_table_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  Drop_table_error_handler() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                        uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                        const char* sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
 | 
						|
                        const char* msg,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Internal error handler to process an error from MDL_context::upgrade_lock()
 | 
						|
  and mysql_lock_tables(). Used by implementations of HANDLER READ and
 | 
						|
  LOCK TABLES LOCAL.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class MDL_deadlock_and_lock_abort_error_handler: public Internal_error_handler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  virtual
 | 
						|
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                        uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                        const char *sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
 | 
						|
                        const char* msg,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition **cond_hdl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool need_reopen() const { return m_need_reopen; };
 | 
						|
  void init() { m_need_reopen= FALSE; };
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  bool m_need_reopen;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Tables that were locked with LOCK TABLES statement.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Encapsulates a list of TABLE_LIST instances for tables
 | 
						|
  locked by LOCK TABLES statement, memory root for metadata locks,
 | 
						|
  and, generally, the context of LOCK TABLES statement.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  In LOCK TABLES mode, the locked tables are kept open between
 | 
						|
  statements.
 | 
						|
  Therefore, we can't allocate metadata locks on execution memory
 | 
						|
  root -- as well as tables, the locks need to stay around till
 | 
						|
  UNLOCK TABLES is called.
 | 
						|
  The locks are allocated in the memory root encapsulated in this
 | 
						|
  class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Some SQL commands, like FLUSH TABLE or ALTER TABLE, demand that
 | 
						|
  the tables they operate on are closed, at least temporarily.
 | 
						|
  This class encapsulates a list of TABLE_LIST instances, one
 | 
						|
  for each base table from LOCK TABLES list,
 | 
						|
  which helps conveniently close the TABLEs when it's necessary
 | 
						|
  and later reopen them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Implemented in sql_base.cc
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Locked_tables_list
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  MEM_ROOT m_locked_tables_root;
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *m_locked_tables;
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST **m_locked_tables_last;
 | 
						|
  /** An auxiliary array used only in reopen_tables(). */
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST **m_reopen_array;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Count the number of tables in m_locked_tables list. We can't
 | 
						|
    rely on thd->lock->table_count because it excludes
 | 
						|
    non-transactional temporary tables. We need to know
 | 
						|
    an exact number of TABLE objects.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint m_locked_tables_count;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  bool some_table_marked_for_reopen;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Locked_tables_list()
 | 
						|
    :m_locked_tables(NULL),
 | 
						|
    m_locked_tables_last(&m_locked_tables),
 | 
						|
    m_reopen_array(NULL),
 | 
						|
    m_locked_tables_count(0),
 | 
						|
    some_table_marked_for_reopen(0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    init_sql_alloc(&m_locked_tables_root, MEM_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE, 0,
 | 
						|
                   MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void unlock_locked_tables(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
  void unlock_locked_table(THD *thd, MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket);
 | 
						|
  ~Locked_tables_list()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    reset();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void reset();
 | 
						|
  bool init_locked_tables(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *locked_tables() { return m_locked_tables; }
 | 
						|
  void unlink_from_list(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
 | 
						|
                        bool remove_from_locked_tables);
 | 
						|
  void unlink_all_closed_tables(THD *thd,
 | 
						|
                                MYSQL_LOCK *lock,
 | 
						|
                                size_t reopen_count);
 | 
						|
  bool reopen_tables(THD *thd, bool need_reopen);
 | 
						|
  bool restore_lock(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *dst_table_list, TABLE *table,
 | 
						|
                    MYSQL_LOCK *lock);
 | 
						|
  void add_back_last_deleted_lock(TABLE_LIST *dst_table_list);
 | 
						|
  void mark_table_for_reopen(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Storage engine specific thread local data.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct Ha_data
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Storage engine specific thread local data.
 | 
						|
    Lifetime: one user connection.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void *ha_ptr;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    0: Life time: one statement within a transaction. If @@autocommit is
 | 
						|
    on, also represents the entire transaction.
 | 
						|
    @sa trans_register_ha()
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    1: Life time: one transaction within a connection.
 | 
						|
    If the storage engine does not participate in a transaction,
 | 
						|
    this should not be used.
 | 
						|
    @sa trans_register_ha()
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Ha_trx_info ha_info[2];
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    NULL: engine is not bound to this thread
 | 
						|
    non-NULL: engine is bound to this thread, engine shutdown forbidden
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  plugin_ref lock;
 | 
						|
  Ha_data() :ha_ptr(NULL) {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  An instance of the global read lock in a connection.
 | 
						|
  Implemented in lock.cc.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Global_read_lock
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  enum enum_grl_state
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    GRL_NONE,
 | 
						|
    GRL_ACQUIRED,
 | 
						|
    GRL_ACQUIRED_AND_BLOCKS_COMMIT
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Global_read_lock()
 | 
						|
    : m_state(GRL_NONE),
 | 
						|
      m_mdl_global_shared_lock(NULL),
 | 
						|
      m_mdl_blocks_commits_lock(NULL)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool lock_global_read_lock(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
  void unlock_global_read_lock(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Check if this connection can acquire protection against GRL and
 | 
						|
    emit error if otherwise.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool can_acquire_protection() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (m_state)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      my_error(ER_CANT_UPDATE_WITH_READLOCK, MYF(0));
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool make_global_read_lock_block_commit(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
  bool is_acquired() const { return m_state != GRL_NONE; }
 | 
						|
  void set_explicit_lock_duration(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  enum_grl_state m_state;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    In order to acquire the global read lock, the connection must
 | 
						|
    acquire shared metadata lock in GLOBAL namespace, to prohibit
 | 
						|
    all DDL.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  MDL_ticket *m_mdl_global_shared_lock;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Also in order to acquire the global read lock, the connection
 | 
						|
    must acquire a shared metadata lock in COMMIT namespace, to
 | 
						|
    prohibit commits.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  MDL_ticket *m_mdl_blocks_commits_lock;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Class to facilitate the commit of one transactions waiting for the commit of
 | 
						|
  another transaction to complete first.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  This is used during (parallel) replication, to allow different transactions
 | 
						|
  to be applied in parallel, but still commit in order.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  The transaction that wants to wait for a prior commit must first register
 | 
						|
  to wait with register_wait_for_prior_commit(waitee). Such registration
 | 
						|
  must be done holding the waitee->LOCK_wait_commit, to prevent the other
 | 
						|
  THD from disappearing during the registration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Then during commit, if a THD is registered to wait, it will call
 | 
						|
  wait_for_prior_commit() as part of ha_commit_trans(). If no wait is
 | 
						|
  registered, or if the waitee for has already completed commit, then
 | 
						|
  wait_for_prior_commit() returns immediately.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  And when a THD that may be waited for has completed commit (more precisely
 | 
						|
  commit_ordered()), then it must call wakeup_subsequent_commits() to wake
 | 
						|
  up any waiters. Note that this must be done at a point that is guaranteed
 | 
						|
  to be later than any waiters registering themselves. It is safe to call
 | 
						|
  wakeup_subsequent_commits() multiple times, as waiters are removed from
 | 
						|
  registration as part of the wakeup.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  The reason for separate register and wait calls is that this allows to
 | 
						|
  register the wait early, at a point where the waited-for THD is known to
 | 
						|
  exist. And then the actual wait can be done much later, where the
 | 
						|
  waited-for THD may have been long gone. By registering early, the waitee
 | 
						|
  can signal before disappearing.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct wait_for_commit
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The LOCK_wait_commit protects the fields subsequent_commits_list and
 | 
						|
    wakeup_subsequent_commits_running (for a waitee), and the pointer
 | 
						|
    waiterr and associated COND_wait_commit (for a waiter).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wait_commit;
 | 
						|
  mysql_cond_t COND_wait_commit;
 | 
						|
  /* List of threads that did register_wait_for_prior_commit() on us. */
 | 
						|
  wait_for_commit *subsequent_commits_list;
 | 
						|
  /* Link field for entries in subsequent_commits_list. */
 | 
						|
  wait_for_commit *next_subsequent_commit;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Our waitee, if we did register_wait_for_prior_commit(), and were not
 | 
						|
    yet woken up. Else NULL.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When this is cleared for wakeup, the COND_wait_commit condition is
 | 
						|
    signalled.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  wait_for_commit *waitee;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Generic pointer for use by the transaction coordinator to optimise the
 | 
						|
    waiting for improved group commit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Currently used by binlog TC to signal that a waiter is ready to commit, so
 | 
						|
    that the waitee can grab it and group commit it directly. It is free to be
 | 
						|
    used by another transaction coordinator for similar purposes.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void *opaque_pointer;
 | 
						|
  /* The wakeup error code from the waitee. 0 means no error. */
 | 
						|
  int wakeup_error;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Flag set when wakeup_subsequent_commits_running() is active, see comments
 | 
						|
    on that function for details.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool wakeup_subsequent_commits_running;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This flag can be set when a commit starts, but has not completed yet.
 | 
						|
    It is used by binlog group commit to allow a waiting transaction T2 to
 | 
						|
    join the group commit of an earlier transaction T1. When T1 has queued
 | 
						|
    itself for group commit, it will set the commit_started flag. Then when
 | 
						|
    T2 becomes ready to commit and needs to wait for T1 to commit first, T2
 | 
						|
    can queue itself before waiting, and thereby participate in the same
 | 
						|
    group commit as T1.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool commit_started;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void register_wait_for_prior_commit(wait_for_commit *waitee);
 | 
						|
  int wait_for_prior_commit(THD *thd)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Quick inline check, to avoid function call and locking in the common case
 | 
						|
      where no wakeup is registered, or a registered wait was already signalled.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    if (waitee)
 | 
						|
      return wait_for_prior_commit2(thd);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (wakeup_error)
 | 
						|
        my_error(ER_PRIOR_COMMIT_FAILED, MYF(0));
 | 
						|
      return wakeup_error;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void wakeup_subsequent_commits(int wakeup_error_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Do the check inline, so only the wakeup case takes the cost of a function
 | 
						|
      call for every commmit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Note that the check is done without locking. It is the responsibility of
 | 
						|
      the user of the wakeup facility to ensure that no waiters can register
 | 
						|
      themselves after the last call to wakeup_subsequent_commits().
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      This avoids having to take another lock for every commit, which would be
 | 
						|
      pointless anyway - even if we check under lock, there is nothing to
 | 
						|
      prevent a waiter from arriving just after releasing the lock.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    if (subsequent_commits_list)
 | 
						|
      wakeup_subsequent_commits2(wakeup_error_arg);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void unregister_wait_for_prior_commit()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (waitee)
 | 
						|
      unregister_wait_for_prior_commit2();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      wakeup_error= 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Remove a waiter from the list in the waitee. Used to unregister a wait.
 | 
						|
    The caller must be holding the locks of both waiter and waitee.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void remove_from_list(wait_for_commit **next_ptr_ptr)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    wait_for_commit *cur;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while ((cur= *next_ptr_ptr) != NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (cur == this)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        *next_ptr_ptr= this->next_subsequent_commit;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      next_ptr_ptr= &cur->next_subsequent_commit;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    waitee= NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void wakeup(int wakeup_error);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int wait_for_prior_commit2(THD *thd);
 | 
						|
  void wakeup_subsequent_commits2(int wakeup_error);
 | 
						|
  void unregister_wait_for_prior_commit2();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  wait_for_commit();
 | 
						|
  ~wait_for_commit();
 | 
						|
  void reinit();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern "C" void my_message_sql(uint error, const char *str, myf MyFlags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class THD;
 | 
						|
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
 | 
						|
void dbug_serve_apcs(THD *thd, int n_calls);
 | 
						|
#endif 
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  @class THD
 | 
						|
  For each client connection we create a separate thread with THD serving as
 | 
						|
  a thread/connection descriptor
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class THD :public Statement,
 | 
						|
           /*
 | 
						|
             This is to track items changed during execution of a prepared
 | 
						|
             statement/stored procedure. It's created by
 | 
						|
             nocheck_register_item_tree_change() in memory root of THD,
 | 
						|
             and freed in rollback_item_tree_changes().
 | 
						|
             For conventional execution it's always empty.
 | 
						|
           */
 | 
						|
           public Item_change_list,
 | 
						|
           public MDL_context_owner,
 | 
						|
           public Open_tables_state
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare() const
 | 
						|
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute() const
 | 
						|
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute() const
 | 
						|
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_conventional() const
 | 
						|
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_conventional(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void dec_thread_count(void)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(thread_count > 0);
 | 
						|
    thread_safe_decrement32(&thread_count);
 | 
						|
    signal_thd_deleted();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void inc_thread_count(void)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    thread_safe_increment32(&thread_count);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  MDL_context mdl_context;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Used to execute base64 coded binlog events in MySQL server */
 | 
						|
  Relay_log_info* rli_fake;
 | 
						|
  rpl_group_info* rgi_fake;
 | 
						|
  /* Slave applier execution context */
 | 
						|
  rpl_group_info* rgi_slave;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    rpl_io_thread_info *rpl_io_info;
 | 
						|
    rpl_sql_thread_info *rpl_sql_info;
 | 
						|
  } system_thread_info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void reset_for_next_command(bool do_clear_errors= 1);
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Constant for THD::where initialization in the beginning of every query.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    It's needed because we do not save/restore THD::where normally during
 | 
						|
    primary (non subselect) query execution.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  static const char * const DEFAULT_WHERE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql  *mysql;
 | 
						|
  unsigned long	 client_stmt_id;
 | 
						|
  unsigned long  client_param_count;
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql_bind *client_params;
 | 
						|
  char *extra_data;
 | 
						|
  ulong extra_length;
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql_data *cur_data;
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql_data *first_data;
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql_data **data_tail;
 | 
						|
  void clear_data_list();
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql_data *alloc_new_dataset();
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    In embedded server it points to the statement that is processed
 | 
						|
    in the current query. We store some results directly in statement
 | 
						|
    fields then.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  struct st_mysql_stmt *current_stmt;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_QUERY_CACHE
 | 
						|
  Query_cache_tls query_cache_tls;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  NET	  net;				// client connection descriptor
 | 
						|
  /** Aditional network instrumentation for the server only. */
 | 
						|
  NET_SERVER m_net_server_extension;
 | 
						|
  scheduler_functions *scheduler;       // Scheduler for this connection
 | 
						|
  Protocol *protocol;			// Current protocol
 | 
						|
  Protocol_text   protocol_text;	// Normal protocol
 | 
						|
  Protocol_binary protocol_binary;	// Binary protocol
 | 
						|
  HASH    user_vars;			// hash for user variables
 | 
						|
  String  packet;			// dynamic buffer for network I/O
 | 
						|
  String  convert_buffer;               // buffer for charset conversions
 | 
						|
  struct  my_rnd_struct rand;		// used for authentication
 | 
						|
  struct  system_variables variables;	// Changeable local variables
 | 
						|
  struct  system_status_var status_var; // Per thread statistic vars
 | 
						|
  struct  system_status_var org_status_var; // For user statistics
 | 
						|
  struct  system_status_var *initial_status_var; /* used by show status */
 | 
						|
  THR_LOCK_INFO lock_info;              // Locking info of this thread
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Protects THD data accessed from other threads:
 | 
						|
    - thd->query and thd->query_length (used by SHOW ENGINE
 | 
						|
      INNODB STATUS and SHOW PROCESSLIST
 | 
						|
    - thd->db and thd->db_length (used in SHOW PROCESSLIST)
 | 
						|
    - thd->mysys_var (used by KILL statement and shutdown).
 | 
						|
    Is locked when THD is deleted.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thd_data;
 | 
						|
  /* Protect kill information */
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thd_kill;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* all prepared statements and cursors of this connection */
 | 
						|
  Statement_map stmt_map;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Last created prepared statement */
 | 
						|
  Statement *last_stmt;
 | 
						|
  inline void set_last_stmt(Statement *stmt)
 | 
						|
  { last_stmt= (is_error() ? NULL : stmt); }
 | 
						|
  inline void clear_last_stmt() { last_stmt= NULL; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    A pointer to the stack frame of handle_one_connection(),
 | 
						|
    which is called first in the thread for handling a client
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  char	  *thread_stack;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Currently selected catalog.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  char *catalog;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    @note
 | 
						|
    Some members of THD (currently 'Statement::db',
 | 
						|
    'catalog' and 'query')  are set and alloced by the slave SQL thread
 | 
						|
    (for the THD of that thread); that thread is (and must remain, for now)
 | 
						|
    the only responsible for freeing these 3 members. If you add members
 | 
						|
    here, and you add code to set them in replication, don't forget to
 | 
						|
    free_them_and_set_them_to_0 in replication properly. For details see
 | 
						|
    the 'err:' label of the handle_slave_sql() in sql/slave.cc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see handle_slave_sql
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Security_context main_security_ctx;
 | 
						|
  Security_context *security_ctx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Points to info-string that we show in SHOW PROCESSLIST
 | 
						|
    You are supposed to update thd->proc_info only if you have coded
 | 
						|
    a time-consuming piece that MySQL can get stuck in for a long time.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Set it using the  thd_proc_info(THD *thread, const char *message)
 | 
						|
    macro/function.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This member is accessed and assigned without any synchronization.
 | 
						|
    Therefore, it may point only to constant (statically
 | 
						|
    allocated) strings, which memory won't go away over time.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  const char *proc_info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  unsigned int m_current_stage_key;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  void enter_stage(const PSI_stage_info *stage,
 | 
						|
                   const char *calling_func,
 | 
						|
                   const char *calling_file,
 | 
						|
                   const unsigned int calling_line)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_PRINT("THD::enter_stage", ("%s:%d", calling_file, calling_line));
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(stage);
 | 
						|
    m_current_stage_key= stage->m_key;
 | 
						|
    proc_info= stage->m_name;
 | 
						|
#if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING)
 | 
						|
    profiling.status_change(stage->m_name, calling_func, calling_file,
 | 
						|
                            calling_line);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
    MYSQL_SET_STAGE(m_current_stage_key, calling_file, calling_line);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void backup_stage(PSI_stage_info *stage)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    stage->m_key= m_current_stage_key;
 | 
						|
    stage->m_name= proc_info;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const char *get_proc_info() const
 | 
						|
  { return proc_info; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Used in error messages to tell user in what part of MySQL we found an
 | 
						|
    error. E. g. when where= "having clause", if fix_fields() fails, user
 | 
						|
    will know that the error was in having clause.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  const char *where;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Needed by MariaDB semi sync replication */
 | 
						|
  Trans_binlog_info *semisync_info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulonglong client_capabilities;  /* What the client supports */
 | 
						|
  ulong max_client_packet_length;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HASH		handler_tables_hash;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    A thread can hold named user-level locks. This variable
 | 
						|
    contains granted tickets if a lock is present. See item_func.cc and
 | 
						|
    chapter 'Miscellaneous functions', for functions GET_LOCK, RELEASE_LOCK.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  HASH ull_hash;
 | 
						|
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
 | 
						|
  uint dbug_sentry; // watch out for memory corruption
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  struct st_my_thread_var *mysys_var;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Original charset number from the first client packet, or COM_CHANGE_USER*/
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *org_charset;
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Type of current query: COM_STMT_PREPARE, COM_QUERY, etc. Set from
 | 
						|
    first byte of the packet in do_command()
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum enum_server_command m_command;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  uint32     file_id;			// for LOAD DATA INFILE
 | 
						|
  /* remote (peer) port */
 | 
						|
  uint16     peer_port;
 | 
						|
  my_time_t  start_time;             // start_time and its sec_part 
 | 
						|
  ulong      start_time_sec_part;    // are almost always used separately
 | 
						|
  my_hrtime_t user_time;
 | 
						|
  // track down slow pthread_create
 | 
						|
  ulonglong  prior_thr_create_utime, thr_create_utime;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong  start_utime, utime_after_lock, utime_after_query;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Process indicator
 | 
						|
  struct {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      true, if the currently running command can send progress report
 | 
						|
      packets to a client. Set by mysql_execute_command() for safe commands
 | 
						|
      See CF_REPORT_PROGRESS
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool       report_to_client;
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      true, if we will send progress report packets to a client
 | 
						|
      (client has requested them, see MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS; report_to_client
 | 
						|
      is true; not in sub-statement)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool       report;
 | 
						|
    uint       stage, max_stage;
 | 
						|
    ulonglong  counter, max_counter;
 | 
						|
    ulonglong  next_report_time;
 | 
						|
    Query_arena *arena;
 | 
						|
  } progress;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  thr_lock_type update_lock_default;
 | 
						|
  Delayed_insert *di;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* <> 0 if we are inside of trigger or stored function. */
 | 
						|
  uint in_sub_stmt;
 | 
						|
  /* True when opt_userstat_running is set at start of query */
 | 
						|
  bool userstat_running;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    True if we have to log all errors. Are set by some engines to temporary
 | 
						|
    force errors to the error log.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool log_all_errors;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Do not set socket timeouts for wait_timeout (used with threadpool) */
 | 
						|
  bool skip_wait_timeout;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool prepare_derived_at_open;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Set to 1 if status of this THD is already in global status */
 | 
						|
  bool status_in_global;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* 
 | 
						|
    To signal that the tmp table to be created is created for materialized
 | 
						|
    derived table or a view.
 | 
						|
  */ 
 | 
						|
  bool create_tmp_table_for_derived;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool save_prep_leaf_list;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* container for handler's private per-connection data */
 | 
						|
  Ha_data ha_data[MAX_HA];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Bit field for the state of binlog warnings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The first Lex::BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT bits list all types of
 | 
						|
    unsafeness that the current statement has.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This must be a member of THD and not of LEX, because warnings are
 | 
						|
    detected and issued in different places (@c
 | 
						|
    decide_logging_format() and @c binlog_query(), respectively).
 | 
						|
    Between these calls, the THD->lex object may change; e.g., if a
 | 
						|
    stored routine is invoked.  Only THD persists between the calls.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint32 binlog_unsafe_warning_flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
 | 
						|
  binlog_cache_mngr *  binlog_setup_trx_data();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Public interface to write RBR events to the binlog
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void binlog_start_trans_and_stmt();
 | 
						|
  void binlog_set_stmt_begin();
 | 
						|
  int binlog_write_table_map(TABLE *table, bool is_transactional,
 | 
						|
                             my_bool *with_annotate= 0);
 | 
						|
  int binlog_write_row(TABLE* table, bool is_transactional,
 | 
						|
                       const uchar *buf);
 | 
						|
  int binlog_delete_row(TABLE* table, bool is_transactional,
 | 
						|
                        const uchar *buf);
 | 
						|
  int binlog_update_row(TABLE* table, bool is_transactional,
 | 
						|
                        const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data);
 | 
						|
  static void binlog_prepare_row_images(TABLE* table);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void set_server_id(uint32 sid) { variables.server_id = sid; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Member functions to handle pending event for row-level logging.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  template <class RowsEventT> Rows_log_event*
 | 
						|
    binlog_prepare_pending_rows_event(TABLE* table, uint32 serv_id,
 | 
						|
                                      size_t needed,
 | 
						|
                                      bool is_transactional,
 | 
						|
                                      RowsEventT* hint);
 | 
						|
  Rows_log_event* binlog_get_pending_rows_event(bool is_transactional) const;
 | 
						|
  void binlog_set_pending_rows_event(Rows_log_event* ev, bool is_transactional);
 | 
						|
  inline int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(bool stmt_end)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return (binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(stmt_end, FALSE) || 
 | 
						|
            binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(stmt_end, TRUE));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(bool stmt_end, bool is_transactional);
 | 
						|
  int binlog_remove_pending_rows_event(bool clear_maps, bool is_transactional);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Determine the binlog format of the current statement.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @retval 0 if the current statement will be logged in statement
 | 
						|
    format.
 | 
						|
    @retval nonzero if the current statement will be logged in row
 | 
						|
    format.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int is_current_stmt_binlog_format_row() const {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT ||
 | 
						|
                current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW);
 | 
						|
    return current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Determine if binlogging is disabled for this session
 | 
						|
    @retval 0 if the current statement binlogging is disabled
 | 
						|
              (could be because of binlog closed/binlog option
 | 
						|
               is set to false).
 | 
						|
    @retval 1 if the current statement will be binlogged
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_current_stmt_binlog_disabled() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return (!(variables.option_bits & OPTION_BIN_LOG) ||
 | 
						|
            !mysql_bin_log.is_open());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  enum binlog_filter_state
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN,
 | 
						|
    BINLOG_FILTER_CLEAR,
 | 
						|
    BINLOG_FILTER_SET
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void reset_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void clear_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_binlog_filter_state == BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN);
 | 
						|
    m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_CLEAR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void set_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_binlog_filter_state == BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN);
 | 
						|
    m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_SET;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline binlog_filter_state get_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return m_binlog_filter_state;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Indicate if the current statement should be discarded
 | 
						|
    instead of written to the binlog.
 | 
						|
    This is used to discard special statements, such as
 | 
						|
    DML or DDL that affects only 'local' (non replicated)
 | 
						|
    tables, such as performance_schema.*
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  binlog_filter_state m_binlog_filter_state;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Indicates the format in which the current statement will be
 | 
						|
    logged.  This can only be set from @c decide_logging_format().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum_binlog_format current_stmt_binlog_format;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Number of outstanding table maps, i.e., table maps in the
 | 
						|
    transaction cache.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint binlog_table_maps;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  void issue_unsafe_warnings();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  uint get_binlog_table_maps() const {
 | 
						|
    return binlog_table_maps;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void clear_binlog_table_maps() {
 | 
						|
    binlog_table_maps= 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif /* MYSQL_CLIENT */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct st_transactions {
 | 
						|
    SAVEPOINT *savepoints;
 | 
						|
    THD_TRANS all;			// Trans since BEGIN WORK
 | 
						|
    THD_TRANS stmt;			// Trans for current statement
 | 
						|
    bool on;                            // see ha_enable_transaction()
 | 
						|
    XID_STATE xid_state;
 | 
						|
    WT_THD wt;                          ///< for deadlock detection
 | 
						|
    Rows_log_event *m_pending_rows_event;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
       Tables changed in transaction (that must be invalidated in query cache).
 | 
						|
       List contain only transactional tables, that not invalidated in query
 | 
						|
       cache (instead of full list of changed in transaction tables).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    CHANGED_TABLE_LIST* changed_tables;
 | 
						|
    MEM_ROOT mem_root; // Transaction-life memory allocation pool
 | 
						|
    void cleanup()
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      DBUG_ENTER("thd::cleanup");
 | 
						|
      changed_tables= 0;
 | 
						|
      savepoints= 0;
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
        If rm_error is raised, it means that this piece of a distributed
 | 
						|
        transaction has failed and must be rolled back. But the user must
 | 
						|
        rollback it explicitly, so don't start a new distributed XA until
 | 
						|
        then.
 | 
						|
      */
 | 
						|
      if (!xid_state.rm_error)
 | 
						|
        xid_state.xid.null();
 | 
						|
      free_root(&mem_root,MYF(MY_KEEP_PREALLOC));
 | 
						|
      DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    my_bool is_active()
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      return (all.ha_list != NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    st_transactions()
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      bzero((char*)this, sizeof(*this));
 | 
						|
      xid_state.xid.null();
 | 
						|
      init_sql_alloc(&mem_root, ALLOC_ROOT_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE, 0,
 | 
						|
                     MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } transaction;
 | 
						|
  Global_read_lock global_read_lock;
 | 
						|
  Field      *dup_field;
 | 
						|
#ifndef __WIN__
 | 
						|
  sigset_t signals;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE
 | 
						|
  Vio* active_vio;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    A permanent memory area of the statement. For conventional
 | 
						|
    execution, the parsed tree and execution runtime reside in the same
 | 
						|
    memory root. In this case stmt_arena points to THD. In case of
 | 
						|
    a prepared statement or a stored procedure statement, thd->mem_root
 | 
						|
    conventionally points to runtime memory, and thd->stmt_arena
 | 
						|
    points to the memory of the PS/SP, where the parsed tree of the
 | 
						|
    statement resides. Whenever you need to perform a permanent
 | 
						|
    transformation of a parsed tree, you should allocate new memory in
 | 
						|
    stmt_arena, to allow correct re-execution of PS/SP.
 | 
						|
    Note: in the parser, stmt_arena == thd, even for PS/SP.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Query_arena *stmt_arena;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void *bulk_param;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    map for tables that will be updated for a multi-table update query
 | 
						|
    statement, for other query statements, this will be zero.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  table_map table_map_for_update;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Tells if LAST_INSERT_ID(#) was called for the current statement */
 | 
						|
  bool arg_of_last_insert_id_function;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    ALL OVER THIS FILE, "insert_id" means "*automatically generated* value for
 | 
						|
    insertion into an auto_increment column".
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This is the first autogenerated insert id which was *successfully*
 | 
						|
    inserted by the previous statement (exactly, if the previous statement
 | 
						|
    didn't successfully insert an autogenerated insert id, then it's the one
 | 
						|
    of the statement before, etc).
 | 
						|
    It can also be set by SET LAST_INSERT_ID=# or SELECT LAST_INSERT_ID(#).
 | 
						|
    It is returned by LAST_INSERT_ID().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong  first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Variant of the above, used for storing in statement-based binlog. The
 | 
						|
    difference is that the one above can change as the execution of a stored
 | 
						|
    function progresses, while the one below is set once and then does not
 | 
						|
    change (which is the value which statement-based binlog needs).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong  first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This is the first autogenerated insert id which was *successfully*
 | 
						|
    inserted by the current statement. It is maintained only to set
 | 
						|
    first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt when statement ends.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong  first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    We follow this logic:
 | 
						|
    - when stmt starts, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt contains the
 | 
						|
    first insert id successfully inserted by the previous stmt.
 | 
						|
    - as stmt makes progress, handler::insert_id_for_cur_row changes;
 | 
						|
    every time get_auto_increment() is called,
 | 
						|
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog is augmented with the
 | 
						|
    reserved interval (if statement-based binlogging).
 | 
						|
    - at first successful insertion of an autogenerated value,
 | 
						|
    first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt is set to
 | 
						|
    handler::insert_id_for_cur_row.
 | 
						|
    - when stmt goes to binlog,
 | 
						|
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog is binlogged if
 | 
						|
    non-empty.
 | 
						|
    - when stmt ends, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt is set to
 | 
						|
    first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt is set when
 | 
						|
    LAST_INSERT_ID() is used by a statement.
 | 
						|
    If it is set, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog will be
 | 
						|
    stored in the statement-based binlog.
 | 
						|
    This variable is CUMULATIVE along the execution of a stored function or
 | 
						|
    trigger: if one substatement sets it to 1 it will stay 1 until the
 | 
						|
    function/trigger ends, thus making sure that
 | 
						|
    first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog does not change anymore
 | 
						|
    and is propagated to the caller for binlogging.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool       stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    List of auto_increment intervals reserved by the thread so far, for
 | 
						|
    storage in the statement-based binlog.
 | 
						|
    Note that its minimum is not first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt:
 | 
						|
    assuming a table with an autoinc column, and this happens:
 | 
						|
    INSERT INTO ... VALUES(3);
 | 
						|
    SET INSERT_ID=3; INSERT IGNORE ... VALUES (NULL);
 | 
						|
    then the latter INSERT will insert no rows
 | 
						|
    (first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt == 0), but storing "INSERT_ID=3"
 | 
						|
    in the binlog is still needed; the list's minimum will contain 3.
 | 
						|
    This variable is cumulative: if several statements are written to binlog
 | 
						|
    as one (stored functions or triggers are used) this list is the
 | 
						|
    concatenation of all intervals reserved by all statements.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog;
 | 
						|
  /* Used by replication and SET INSERT_ID */
 | 
						|
  Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_forced;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    There is BUG#19630 where statement-based replication of stored
 | 
						|
    functions/triggers with two auto_increment columns breaks.
 | 
						|
    We however ensure that it works when there is 0 or 1 auto_increment
 | 
						|
    column; our rules are
 | 
						|
    a) on master, while executing a top statement involving substatements,
 | 
						|
    first top- or sub- statement to generate auto_increment values wins the
 | 
						|
    exclusive right to see its values be written to binlog (the write
 | 
						|
    will be done by the statement or its caller), and the losers won't see
 | 
						|
    their values be written to binlog.
 | 
						|
    b) on slave, while replicating a top statement involving substatements,
 | 
						|
    first top- or sub- statement to need to read auto_increment values from
 | 
						|
    the master's binlog wins the exclusive right to read them (so the losers
 | 
						|
    won't read their values from binlog but instead generate on their own).
 | 
						|
    a) implies that we mustn't backup/restore
 | 
						|
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog.
 | 
						|
    b) implies that we mustn't backup/restore auto_inc_intervals_forced.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If there are more than 1 auto_increment columns, then intervals for
 | 
						|
    different columns may mix into the
 | 
						|
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog list, which is logically wrong,
 | 
						|
    but there is no point in preventing this mixing by preventing intervals
 | 
						|
    from the secondly inserted column to come into the list, as such
 | 
						|
    prevention would be wrong too.
 | 
						|
    What will happen in the case of
 | 
						|
    INSERT INTO t1 (auto_inc) VALUES(NULL);
 | 
						|
    where t1 has a trigger which inserts into an auto_inc column of t2, is
 | 
						|
    that in binlog we'll store the interval of t1 and the interval of t2 (when
 | 
						|
    we store intervals, soon), then in slave, t1 will use both intervals, t2
 | 
						|
    will use none; if t1 inserts the same number of rows as on master,
 | 
						|
    normally the 2nd interval will not be used by t1, which is fine. t2's
 | 
						|
    values will be wrong if t2's internal auto_increment counter is different
 | 
						|
    from what it was on master (which is likely). In 5.1, in mixed binlogging
 | 
						|
    mode, row-based binlogging is used for such cases where two
 | 
						|
    auto_increment columns are inserted.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void record_first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt(ulonglong id_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt == 0)
 | 
						|
      first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt= id_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline ulonglong read_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt(void)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (!stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* It's the first time we read it */
 | 
						|
      first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog=
 | 
						|
        first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
 | 
						|
      stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt= 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Used by Intvar_log_event::do_apply_event() and by "SET INSERT_ID=#"
 | 
						|
    (mysqlbinlog). We'll soon add a variant which can take many intervals in
 | 
						|
    argument.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void force_one_auto_inc_interval(ulonglong next_id)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    auto_inc_intervals_forced.empty(); // in case of multiple SET INSERT_ID
 | 
						|
    auto_inc_intervals_forced.append(next_id, ULONGLONG_MAX, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ulonglong  limit_found_rows;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Stores the result of ROW_COUNT() function.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ROW_COUNT() function is a MySQL extention, but we try to keep it
 | 
						|
    similar to ROW_COUNT member of the GET DIAGNOSTICS stack of the SQL
 | 
						|
    standard (see SQL99, part 2, search for ROW_COUNT). It's value is
 | 
						|
    implementation defined for anything except INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ROW_COUNT is assigned according to the following rules:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      - In my_ok():
 | 
						|
        - for DML statements: to the number of affected rows;
 | 
						|
        - for DDL statements: to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      - In my_eof(): to -1 to indicate that there was a result set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        We derive this semantics from the JDBC specification, where int
 | 
						|
        java.sql.Statement.getUpdateCount() is defined to (sic) "return the
 | 
						|
        current result as an update count; if the result is a ResultSet
 | 
						|
        object or there are no more results, -1 is returned".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      - In my_error(): to -1 to be compatible with the MySQL C API and
 | 
						|
        MySQL ODBC driver.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      - For SIGNAL statements: to 0 per WL#2110 specification (see also
 | 
						|
        sql_signal.cc comment). Zero is used since that's the "default"
 | 
						|
        value of ROW_COUNT in the diagnostics area.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  longlong m_row_count_func;    /* For the ROW_COUNT() function */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  inline longlong get_row_count_func() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return m_row_count_func;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void set_row_count_func(longlong row_count_func)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    m_row_count_func= row_count_func;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ha_rows    cuted_fields;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    number of rows we actually sent to the client, including "synthetic"
 | 
						|
    rows in ROLLUP etc.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows    m_sent_row_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Number of rows read and/or evaluated for a statement. Used for
 | 
						|
    slow log reporting.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    An examined row is defined as a row that is read and/or evaluated
 | 
						|
    according to a statement condition, including in
 | 
						|
    create_sort_index(). Rows may be counted more than once, e.g., a
 | 
						|
    statement including ORDER BY could possibly evaluate the row in
 | 
						|
    filesort() before reading it for e.g. update.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows    m_examined_row_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  ha_rows get_sent_row_count() const
 | 
						|
  { return m_sent_row_count; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ha_rows get_examined_row_count() const
 | 
						|
  { return m_examined_row_count; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void set_sent_row_count(ha_rows count);
 | 
						|
  void set_examined_row_count(ha_rows count);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void inc_sent_row_count(ha_rows count);
 | 
						|
  void inc_examined_row_count(ha_rows count);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_created_tmp_disk_tables();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_created_tmp_files();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_created_tmp_tables();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_select_full_join();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_select_full_range_join();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_select_range();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_select_range_check();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_select_scan();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_sort_merge_passes();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_sort_range();
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_sort_rows(ha_rows count);
 | 
						|
  void inc_status_sort_scan();
 | 
						|
  void set_status_no_index_used();
 | 
						|
  void set_status_no_good_index_used();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    The number of rows and/or keys examined by the query, both read,
 | 
						|
    changed or written.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong accessed_rows_and_keys;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Check if the number of rows accessed by a statement exceeded
 | 
						|
    LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED. If so, signal the query engine to stop execution.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void check_limit_rows_examined()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (++accessed_rows_and_keys > lex->limit_rows_examined_cnt)
 | 
						|
      set_killed(ABORT_QUERY);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  USER_CONN *user_connect;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *db_charset;
 | 
						|
#if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING)
 | 
						|
  PROFILING  profiling;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /** Current statement digest. */
 | 
						|
  sql_digest_state *m_digest;
 | 
						|
  /** Current statement digest token array. */
 | 
						|
  unsigned char *m_token_array;
 | 
						|
  /** Top level statement digest. */
 | 
						|
  sql_digest_state m_digest_state;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /** Current statement instrumentation. */
 | 
						|
  PSI_statement_locker *m_statement_psi;
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
  /** Current statement instrumentation state. */
 | 
						|
  PSI_statement_locker_state m_statement_state;
 | 
						|
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE */
 | 
						|
  /** Idle instrumentation. */
 | 
						|
  PSI_idle_locker *m_idle_psi;
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
  /** Idle instrumentation state. */
 | 
						|
  PSI_idle_locker_state m_idle_state;
 | 
						|
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Id of current query. Statement can be reused to execute several queries
 | 
						|
    query_id is global in context of the whole MySQL server.
 | 
						|
    ID is automatically generated from mutex-protected counter.
 | 
						|
    It's used in handler code for various purposes: to check which columns
 | 
						|
    from table are necessary for this select, to check if it's necessary to
 | 
						|
    update auto-updatable fields (like auto_increment and timestamp).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  query_id_t query_id;
 | 
						|
  ulong      col_access;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Statement id is thread-wide. This counter is used to generate ids */
 | 
						|
  ulong      statement_id_counter;
 | 
						|
  ulong	     rand_saved_seed1, rand_saved_seed2;
 | 
						|
  ulong      query_plan_flags; 
 | 
						|
  ulong      query_plan_fsort_passes; 
 | 
						|
  pthread_t  real_id;                           /* For debugging */
 | 
						|
  my_thread_id  thread_id, thread_dbug_id;
 | 
						|
  uint32      os_thread_id;
 | 
						|
  uint	     tmp_table, global_disable_checkpoint;
 | 
						|
  uint	     server_status,open_options;
 | 
						|
  enum enum_thread_type system_thread;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Current or next transaction isolation level.
 | 
						|
    When a connection is established, the value is taken from
 | 
						|
    @@session.tx_isolation (default transaction isolation for
 | 
						|
    the session), which is in turn taken from @@global.tx_isolation
 | 
						|
    (the global value).
 | 
						|
    If there is no transaction started, this variable
 | 
						|
    holds the value of the next transaction's isolation level.
 | 
						|
    When a transaction starts, the value stored in this variable
 | 
						|
    becomes "actual".
 | 
						|
    At transaction commit or rollback, we assign this variable
 | 
						|
    again from @@session.tx_isolation.
 | 
						|
    The only statement that can otherwise change the value
 | 
						|
    of this variable is SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL.
 | 
						|
    Its purpose is to effect the isolation level of the next
 | 
						|
    transaction in this session. When this statement is executed,
 | 
						|
    the value in this variable is changed. However, since
 | 
						|
    this statement is only allowed when there is no active
 | 
						|
    transaction, this assignment (naturally) only affects the
 | 
						|
    upcoming transaction.
 | 
						|
    At the end of the current active transaction the value is
 | 
						|
    be reset again from @@session.tx_isolation, as described
 | 
						|
    above.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum_tx_isolation tx_isolation;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Current or next transaction access mode.
 | 
						|
    See comment above regarding tx_isolation.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool              tx_read_only;
 | 
						|
  enum_check_fields count_cuted_fields;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY user_var_events;        /* For user variables replication */
 | 
						|
  MEM_ROOT      *user_var_events_alloc; /* Allocate above array elements here */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Define durability properties that engines may check to
 | 
						|
    improve performance. Not yet used in MariaDB
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  enum durability_properties durability_property;
 | 
						|
 
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    If checking this in conjunction with a wait condition, please
 | 
						|
    include a check after enter_cond() if you want to avoid a race
 | 
						|
    condition. For details see the implementation of awake(),
 | 
						|
    especially the "broadcast" part.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  killed_state volatile killed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The following is used if one wants to have a specific error number and
 | 
						|
    text for the kill
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  struct err_info
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    int no;
 | 
						|
    const char msg[256];
 | 
						|
  } *killed_err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* See also thd_killed() */
 | 
						|
  inline bool check_killed()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (killed)
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    if (apc_target.have_apc_requests())
 | 
						|
      apc_target.process_apc_requests(); 
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* scramble - random string sent to client on handshake */
 | 
						|
  char	     scramble[SCRAMBLE_LENGTH+1];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    If this is a slave, the name of the connection stored here.
 | 
						|
    This is used for taging error messages in the log files.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING connection_name;
 | 
						|
  char       default_master_connection_buff[MAX_CONNECTION_NAME+1];
 | 
						|
  uint8      password; /* 0, 1 or 2 */
 | 
						|
  uint8      failed_com_change_user;
 | 
						|
  bool       slave_thread;
 | 
						|
  bool       extra_port;                        /* If extra connection */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool	     no_errors;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Set to TRUE if execution of the current compound statement
 | 
						|
    can not continue. In particular, disables activation of
 | 
						|
    CONTINUE or EXIT handlers of stored routines.
 | 
						|
    Reset in the end of processing of the current user request, in
 | 
						|
    @see THD::reset_for_next_command().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_fatal_error;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Set by a storage engine to request the entire
 | 
						|
    transaction (that possibly spans multiple engines) to
 | 
						|
    rollback. Reset in ha_rollback.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool       transaction_rollback_request;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    TRUE if we are in a sub-statement and the current error can
 | 
						|
    not be safely recovered until we left the sub-statement mode.
 | 
						|
    In particular, disables activation of CONTINUE and EXIT
 | 
						|
    handlers inside sub-statements. E.g. if it is a deadlock
 | 
						|
    error and requires a transaction-wide rollback, this flag is
 | 
						|
    raised (traditionally, MySQL first has to close all the reads
 | 
						|
    via @see handler::ha_index_or_rnd_end() and only then perform
 | 
						|
    the rollback).
 | 
						|
    Reset to FALSE when we leave the sub-statement mode.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool       is_fatal_sub_stmt_error;
 | 
						|
  bool	     query_start_used, rand_used, time_zone_used;
 | 
						|
  bool       query_start_sec_part_used;
 | 
						|
  /* for IS NULL => = last_insert_id() fix in remove_eq_conds() */
 | 
						|
  bool       substitute_null_with_insert_id;
 | 
						|
  bool	     in_lock_tables;
 | 
						|
  bool       bootstrap, cleanup_done, free_connection_done;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**  is set if some thread specific value(s) used in a statement. */
 | 
						|
  bool       thread_specific_used;
 | 
						|
  /**  
 | 
						|
    is set if a statement accesses a temporary table created through
 | 
						|
    CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. 
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool	     charset_is_system_charset, charset_is_collation_connection;
 | 
						|
  bool       charset_is_character_set_filesystem;
 | 
						|
  bool       enable_slow_log;   /* enable slow log for current statement */
 | 
						|
  bool	     abort_on_warning;
 | 
						|
  bool 	     got_warning;       /* Set on call to push_warning() */
 | 
						|
  /* set during loop of derived table processing */
 | 
						|
  bool       derived_tables_processing;
 | 
						|
  bool       tablespace_op;	/* This is TRUE in DISCARD/IMPORT TABLESPACE */
 | 
						|
  /* True if we have to log the current statement */
 | 
						|
  bool	     log_current_statement;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    True if a slave error. Causes the slave to stop. Not the same
 | 
						|
    as the statement execution error (is_error()), since
 | 
						|
    a statement may be expected to return an error, e.g. because
 | 
						|
    it returned an error on master, and this is OK on the slave.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool       is_slave_error;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    True when a transaction is queued up for binlog group commit.
 | 
						|
    Used so that if another transaction needs to wait for a row lock held by
 | 
						|
    this transaction, it can signal to trigger the group commit immediately,
 | 
						|
    skipping the normal --binlog-commit-wait-count wait.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool waiting_on_group_commit;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Set true when another transaction goes to wait on a row lock held by this
 | 
						|
    transaction. Used together with waiting_on_group_commit.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool has_waiter;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    In case of a slave, set to the error code the master got when executing
 | 
						|
    the query. 0 if no error on the master.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  int	     slave_expected_error;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  sp_rcontext *spcont;		// SP runtime context
 | 
						|
  sp_cache   *sp_proc_cache;
 | 
						|
  sp_cache   *sp_func_cache;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /** number of name_const() substitutions, see sp_head.cc:subst_spvars() */
 | 
						|
  uint       query_name_consts;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    If we do a purge of binary logs, log index info of the threads
 | 
						|
    that are currently reading it needs to be adjusted. To do that
 | 
						|
    each thread that is using LOG_INFO needs to adjust the pointer to it
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  LOG_INFO*  current_linfo;
 | 
						|
  NET*       slave_net;			// network connection from slave -> m.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Used to update global user stats.  The global user stats are updated
 | 
						|
    occasionally with the 'diff' variables.  After the update, the 'diff'
 | 
						|
    variables are reset to 0.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  /* Time when the current thread connected to MySQL. */
 | 
						|
  time_t current_connect_time;
 | 
						|
  /* Last time when THD stats were updated in global_user_stats. */
 | 
						|
  time_t last_global_update_time;
 | 
						|
  /* Number of commands not reflected in global_user_stats yet. */
 | 
						|
  uint select_commands, update_commands, other_commands;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong start_cpu_time;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong start_bytes_received;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Used by the sys_var class to store temporary values */
 | 
						|
  union
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    my_bool   my_bool_value;
 | 
						|
    int       int_value;
 | 
						|
    uint      uint_value;
 | 
						|
    long      long_value;
 | 
						|
    ulong     ulong_value;
 | 
						|
    ulonglong ulonglong_value;
 | 
						|
    double    double_value;
 | 
						|
    void      *ptr_value;
 | 
						|
  } sys_var_tmp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      If true, mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event) call will not write events to
 | 
						|
      binlog, and maintain 2 below variables instead (use
 | 
						|
      mysql_bin_log.start_union_events to turn this on)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool do_union;
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      If TRUE, at least one mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event) call has been
 | 
						|
      made after last mysql_bin_log.start_union_events() call.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool unioned_events;
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      If TRUE, at least one mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event e), where
 | 
						|
      e.cache_stmt == TRUE call has been made after last
 | 
						|
      mysql_bin_log.start_union_events() call.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool unioned_events_trans;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      'queries' (actually SP statements) that run under inside this binlog
 | 
						|
      union have thd->query_id >= first_query_id.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    query_id_t first_query_id;
 | 
						|
  } binlog_evt_union;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mysql_cond_t              COND_wsrep_thd;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Internal parser state.
 | 
						|
    Note that since the parser is not re-entrant, we keep only one parser
 | 
						|
    state here. This member is valid only when executing code during parsing.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Parser_state *m_parser_state;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Locked_tables_list locked_tables_list;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
 | 
						|
  partition_info *work_part_info;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Array of active audit plugins which have been used by this THD.
 | 
						|
    This list is later iterated to invoke release_thd() on those
 | 
						|
    plugins.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY audit_class_plugins;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Array of bits indicating which audit classes have already been
 | 
						|
    added to the list of audit plugins which are currently in use.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  unsigned long audit_class_mask[MYSQL_AUDIT_CLASS_MASK_SIZE];
 | 
						|
  int audit_plugin_version;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC)
 | 
						|
  /* Debug Sync facility. See debug_sync.cc. */
 | 
						|
  struct st_debug_sync_control *debug_sync_control;
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC) */
 | 
						|
  THD(my_thread_id id, bool is_wsrep_applier= false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ~THD();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void init(void);
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Initialize memory roots necessary for query processing and (!)
 | 
						|
    pre-allocate memory for it. We can't do that in THD constructor because
 | 
						|
    there are use cases (acl_init, delayed inserts, watcher threads,
 | 
						|
    killing mysqld) where it's vital to not allocate excessive and not used
 | 
						|
    memory. Note, that we still don't return error from init_for_queries():
 | 
						|
    if preallocation fails, we should notice that at the first call to
 | 
						|
    alloc_root.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void init_for_queries();
 | 
						|
  void update_all_stats();
 | 
						|
  void update_stats(void);
 | 
						|
  void change_user(void);
 | 
						|
  void cleanup(void);
 | 
						|
  void cleanup_after_query();
 | 
						|
  void free_connection();
 | 
						|
  void reset_for_reuse();
 | 
						|
  bool store_globals();
 | 
						|
  void reset_globals();
 | 
						|
#ifdef SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE
 | 
						|
  inline void set_active_vio(Vio* vio)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
    active_vio = vio;
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void clear_active_vio()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
    active_vio = 0;
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void close_active_vio();
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  void awake(killed_state state_to_set);
 | 
						|
 
 | 
						|
  /** Disconnect the associated communication endpoint. */
 | 
						|
  void disconnect();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Allows this thread to serve as a target for others to schedule Async 
 | 
						|
    Procedure Calls on.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    It's possible to schedule any code to be executed this way, by
 | 
						|
    inheriting from the Apc_call object. Currently, only
 | 
						|
    Show_explain_request uses this.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Apc_target apc_target;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
 | 
						|
  enum enum_binlog_query_type {
 | 
						|
    /* The query can be logged in row format or in statement format. */
 | 
						|
    ROW_QUERY_TYPE,
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /* The query has to be logged in statement format. */
 | 
						|
    STMT_QUERY_TYPE,
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    QUERY_TYPE_COUNT
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int binlog_query(enum_binlog_query_type qtype,
 | 
						|
                   char const *query, ulong query_len, bool is_trans,
 | 
						|
                   bool direct, bool suppress_use,
 | 
						|
                   int errcode);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void
 | 
						|
  enter_cond(mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t* mutex,
 | 
						|
             const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
 | 
						|
             const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
 | 
						|
             int src_line)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(mutex);
 | 
						|
    mysys_var->current_mutex = mutex;
 | 
						|
    mysys_var->current_cond = cond;
 | 
						|
    if (old_stage)
 | 
						|
      backup_stage(old_stage);
 | 
						|
    if (stage)
 | 
						|
      enter_stage(stage, src_function, src_file, src_line);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void exit_cond(const PSI_stage_info *stage,
 | 
						|
                        const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
 | 
						|
                        int src_line)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Putting the mutex unlock in thd->exit_cond() ensures that
 | 
						|
      mysys_var->current_mutex is always unlocked _before_ mysys_var->mutex is
 | 
						|
      locked (if that would not be the case, you'll get a deadlock if someone
 | 
						|
      does a THD::awake() on you).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(mysys_var->current_mutex);
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&mysys_var->mutex);
 | 
						|
    mysys_var->current_mutex = 0;
 | 
						|
    mysys_var->current_cond = 0;
 | 
						|
    if (stage)
 | 
						|
      enter_stage(stage, src_function, src_file, src_line);
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&mysys_var->mutex);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  virtual int is_killed() { return killed; }
 | 
						|
  virtual THD* get_thd() { return this; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    A callback to the server internals that is used to address
 | 
						|
    special cases of the locking protocol.
 | 
						|
    Invoked when acquiring an exclusive lock, for each thread that
 | 
						|
    has a conflicting shared metadata lock.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This function:
 | 
						|
    - aborts waiting of the thread on a data lock, to make it notice
 | 
						|
      the pending exclusive lock and back off.
 | 
						|
    - if the thread is an INSERT DELAYED thread, sends it a KILL
 | 
						|
      signal to terminate it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @note This function does not wait for the thread to give away its
 | 
						|
          locks. Waiting is done outside for all threads at once.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param ctx_in_use           The MDL context owner (thread) to wake up.
 | 
						|
    @param needs_thr_lock_abort Indicates that to wake up thread
 | 
						|
                                this call needs to abort its waiting
 | 
						|
                                on table-level lock.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @retval  TRUE  if the thread was woken up
 | 
						|
    @retval  FALSE otherwise.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  virtual bool notify_shared_lock(MDL_context_owner *ctx_in_use,
 | 
						|
                                  bool needs_thr_lock_abort);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // End implementation of MDL_context_owner interface.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_strict_mode() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return (bool) (variables.sql_mode & (MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES |
 | 
						|
                                         MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline bool backslash_escapes() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return !MY_TEST(variables.sql_mode & MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline my_time_t query_start() { query_start_used=1; return start_time; }
 | 
						|
  inline ulong query_start_sec_part()
 | 
						|
  { query_start_sec_part_used=1; return start_time_sec_part; }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_current_time()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    my_hrtime_t hrtime= my_hrtime();
 | 
						|
    start_time= hrtime_to_my_time(hrtime);
 | 
						|
    start_time_sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(hrtime);
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
    PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_start_time)(start_time);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_start_time()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (user_time.val)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      start_time= hrtime_to_my_time(user_time);
 | 
						|
      start_time_sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(user_time);
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
      PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_start_time)(start_time);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      set_current_time();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_time()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    set_start_time();
 | 
						|
    start_utime= utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_time(my_hrtime_t t)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    user_time= t;
 | 
						|
    set_time();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_time(my_time_t t, ulong sec_part)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    my_hrtime_t hrtime= { hrtime_from_time(t) + sec_part };
 | 
						|
    set_time(hrtime);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_time_after_lock()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer();
 | 
						|
    MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_LOCK_TIME(m_statement_psi,
 | 
						|
                                  (utime_after_lock - start_utime));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ulonglong current_utime()  { return microsecond_interval_timer(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Tell SHOW PROCESSLIST to show time from this point */
 | 
						|
  inline void set_time_for_next_stage()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    utime_after_query= current_utime();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
   Update server status after execution of a top level statement.
 | 
						|
   Currently only checks if a query was slow, and assigns
 | 
						|
   the status accordingly.
 | 
						|
   Evaluate the current time, and if it exceeds the long-query-time
 | 
						|
   setting, mark the query as slow.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void update_server_status()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    set_time_for_next_stage();
 | 
						|
    if (utime_after_query > utime_after_lock + variables.long_query_time)
 | 
						|
      server_status|= SERVER_QUERY_WAS_SLOW;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline ulonglong found_rows(void)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return limit_found_rows;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Returns TRUE if session is in a multi-statement transaction mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT: When autocommit is off, a multi-statement
 | 
						|
    transaction is implicitly started on the first statement after a
 | 
						|
    previous transaction has been ended.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPTION_BEGIN: Regardless of the autocommit status, a multi-statement
 | 
						|
    transaction can be explicitly started with the statements "START
 | 
						|
    TRANSACTION", "BEGIN [WORK]", "[COMMIT | ROLLBACK] AND CHAIN", etc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Note: this doesn't tell you whether a transaction is active.
 | 
						|
    A session can be in multi-statement transaction mode, and yet
 | 
						|
    have no active transaction, e.g., in case of:
 | 
						|
    set @@autocommit=0;
 | 
						|
    set @a= 3;                                     <-- these statements don't
 | 
						|
    set transaction isolation level serializable;  <-- start an active
 | 
						|
    flush tables;                                  <-- transaction
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    I.e. for the above scenario this function returns TRUE, even
 | 
						|
    though no active transaction has begun.
 | 
						|
    @sa in_active_multi_stmt_transaction()
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline bool in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return variables.option_bits & (OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT | OPTION_BEGIN);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    TRUE if the session is in a multi-statement transaction mode
 | 
						|
    (@sa in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode()) *and* there is an
 | 
						|
    active transaction, i.e. there is an explicit start of a
 | 
						|
    transaction with BEGIN statement, or implicit with a
 | 
						|
    statement that uses a transactional engine.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For example, these scenarios don't start an active transaction
 | 
						|
    (even though the server is in multi-statement transaction mode):
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    set @@autocommit=0;
 | 
						|
    select * from nontrans_table;
 | 
						|
    set @var=TRUE;
 | 
						|
    flush tables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Note, that even for a statement that starts a multi-statement
 | 
						|
    transaction (i.e. select * from trans_table), this
 | 
						|
    flag won't be set until we open the statement's tables
 | 
						|
    and the engines register themselves for the transaction
 | 
						|
    (see trans_register_ha()),
 | 
						|
    hence this method is reliable to use only after
 | 
						|
    open_tables() has completed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Why do we need a flag?
 | 
						|
    ----------------------
 | 
						|
    We need to maintain a (at first glance redundant)
 | 
						|
    session flag, rather than looking at thd->transaction.all.ha_list
 | 
						|
    because of explicit start of a transaction with BEGIN. 
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    I.e. in case of
 | 
						|
    BEGIN;
 | 
						|
    select * from nontrans_t1; <-- in_active_multi_stmt_transaction() is true
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline bool in_active_multi_stmt_transaction()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return server_status & SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline bool fill_derived_tables()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return !stmt_arena->is_stmt_prepare() && !lex->only_view_structure();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline bool fill_information_schema_tables()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return !stmt_arena->is_stmt_prepare();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void* trans_alloc(unsigned int size)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return alloc_root(&transaction.mem_root,size);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING *make_lex_string(LEX_STRING *lex_str, const char* str, uint length)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (!(lex_str->str= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length)))
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    lex_str->length= length;
 | 
						|
    return lex_str;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING *make_lex_string(const char* str, uint length)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    LEX_STRING *lex_str;
 | 
						|
    if (!(lex_str= (LEX_STRING *)alloc_root(mem_root, sizeof(LEX_STRING))))
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    return make_lex_string(lex_str, str, length);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Allocate LEX_STRING for character set conversion
 | 
						|
  bool alloc_lex_string(LEX_STRING *dst, uint length)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if ((dst->str= (char*) alloc(length)))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    dst->length= 0;  // Safety
 | 
						|
    return true;     // EOM
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool convert_string(LEX_STRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
 | 
						|
		      const char *from, uint from_length,
 | 
						|
		      CHARSET_INFO *from_cs);
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Convert a strings between character sets.
 | 
						|
    Uses my_convert_fix(), which uses an mb_wc .. mc_mb loop internally.
 | 
						|
    dstcs and srccs cannot be &my_charset_bin.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool convert_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
 | 
						|
                   CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, uint src_length,
 | 
						|
                   String_copier *status);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Same as above, but additionally sends ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING
 | 
						|
    in case of bad byte sequences or Unicode conversion problems.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool convert_with_error(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
 | 
						|
                          CHARSET_INFO *srccs,
 | 
						|
                          const char *src, uint src_length);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    If either "dstcs" or "srccs" is &my_charset_bin,
 | 
						|
    then performs native copying using cs->cset->copy_fix().
 | 
						|
    Otherwise, performs Unicode conversion using convert_fix().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool copy_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
 | 
						|
                CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, uint src_length,
 | 
						|
                String_copier *status);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Same as above, but additionally sends ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING
 | 
						|
    in case of bad byte sequences or Unicode conversion problems.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool copy_with_error(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
 | 
						|
                       CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, uint src_length);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool convert_string(String *s, CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void add_changed_table(TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
  void add_changed_table(const char *key, long key_length);
 | 
						|
  CHANGED_TABLE_LIST * changed_table_dup(const char *key, long key_length);
 | 
						|
  int prepare_explain_fields(select_result *result, List<Item> *field_list,
 | 
						|
                             uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze);
 | 
						|
  int send_explain_fields(select_result *result, uint8 explain_flags,
 | 
						|
                          bool is_analyze);
 | 
						|
  void make_explain_field_list(List<Item> &field_list, uint8 explain_flags,
 | 
						|
                               bool is_analyze);
 | 
						|
  void make_explain_json_field_list(List<Item> &field_list, bool is_analyze);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Clear the current error, if any.
 | 
						|
    We do not clear is_fatal_error or is_fatal_sub_stmt_error since we
 | 
						|
    assume this is never called if the fatal error is set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @todo: To silence an error, one should use Internal_error_handler
 | 
						|
    mechanism. Issuing an error that can be possibly later "cleared" is not
 | 
						|
    compatible with other installed error handlers and audit plugins.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void clear_error(bool clear_diagnostics= 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("clear_error");
 | 
						|
    if (get_stmt_da()->is_error() || clear_diagnostics)
 | 
						|
      get_stmt_da()->reset_diagnostics_area();
 | 
						|
    is_slave_error= 0;
 | 
						|
    if (killed == KILL_BAD_DATA)
 | 
						|
      reset_killed();
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
  inline bool vio_ok() const { return net.vio != 0; }
 | 
						|
  /** Return FALSE if connection to client is broken. */
 | 
						|
  bool is_connected()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      All system threads (e.g., the slave IO thread) are connected but
 | 
						|
      not using vio. So this function always returns true for all
 | 
						|
      system threads.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    return system_thread || (vio_ok() ? vio_is_connected(net.vio) : FALSE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  inline bool vio_ok() const { return TRUE; }
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_connected() { return TRUE; }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Mark the current error as fatal. Warning: this does not
 | 
						|
    set any error, it sets a property of the error, so must be
 | 
						|
    followed or prefixed with my_error().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void fatal_error()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(get_stmt_da()->is_error() || killed);
 | 
						|
    is_fatal_error= 1;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_PRINT("error",("Fatal error set"));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    TRUE if there is an error in the error stack.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Please use this method instead of direct access to
 | 
						|
    net.report_error.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If TRUE, the current (sub)-statement should be aborted.
 | 
						|
    The main difference between this member and is_fatal_error
 | 
						|
    is that a fatal error can not be handled by a stored
 | 
						|
    procedure continue handler, whereas a normal error can.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To raise this flag, use my_error().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline bool is_error() const { return m_stmt_da->is_error(); }
 | 
						|
  void set_bulk_execution(void *bulk)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    bulk_param= bulk;
 | 
						|
    m_stmt_da->set_bulk_execution(MY_TEST(bulk));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool is_bulk_op() const { return MY_TEST(bulk_param); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Returns Diagnostics-area for the current statement.
 | 
						|
  Diagnostics_area *get_stmt_da()
 | 
						|
  { return m_stmt_da; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Returns Diagnostics-area for the current statement.
 | 
						|
  const Diagnostics_area *get_stmt_da() const
 | 
						|
  { return m_stmt_da; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Sets Diagnostics-area for the current statement.
 | 
						|
  void set_stmt_da(Diagnostics_area *da)
 | 
						|
  { m_stmt_da= da; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline CHARSET_INFO *charset() { return variables.character_set_client; }
 | 
						|
  void update_charset();
 | 
						|
  void update_charset(CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client,
 | 
						|
                      CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    variables.character_set_client= character_set_client;
 | 
						|
    variables.collation_connection= collation_connection;
 | 
						|
    update_charset();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void update_charset(CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client,
 | 
						|
                      CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection,
 | 
						|
                      CHARSET_INFO *character_set_results)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    variables.character_set_client= character_set_client;
 | 
						|
    variables.collation_connection= collation_connection;
 | 
						|
    variables.character_set_results= character_set_results;
 | 
						|
    update_charset();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline Query_arena *activate_stmt_arena_if_needed(Query_arena *backup)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Use the persistent arena if we are in a prepared statement or a stored
 | 
						|
      procedure statement and we have not already changed to use this arena.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional() && mem_root != stmt_arena->mem_root)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      set_n_backup_active_arena(stmt_arena, backup);
 | 
						|
      return stmt_arena;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool is_item_tree_change_register_required()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return !stmt_arena->is_conventional()
 | 
						|
           || stmt_arena->type() == Query_arena::TABLE_ARENA;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void change_item_tree(Item **place, Item *new_value)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("THD::change_item_tree");
 | 
						|
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("Register: %p (%p) <- %p",
 | 
						|
                       *place, place, new_value));
 | 
						|
    /* TODO: check for OOM condition here */
 | 
						|
    if (is_item_tree_change_register_required())
 | 
						|
      nocheck_register_item_tree_change(place, *place, mem_root);
 | 
						|
    *place= new_value;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Make change in item tree after checking whether it needs registering
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param place         place where we should assign new value
 | 
						|
    @param new_value     place of the new value
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @details
 | 
						|
    see check_and_register_item_tree_change details
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void check_and_register_item_tree(Item **place, Item **new_value)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional())
 | 
						|
      check_and_register_item_tree_change(place, new_value, mem_root);
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      We have to use memcpy instead of  *place= *new_value merge to
 | 
						|
      avoid problems with strict aliasing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    memcpy((char*) place, new_value, sizeof(*new_value));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Cleanup statement parse state (parse tree, lex) and execution
 | 
						|
    state after execution of a non-prepared SQL statement.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void end_statement();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Mark thread to be killed, with optional error number and string.
 | 
						|
    string is not released, so it has to be allocted on thd mem_root
 | 
						|
    or be a global string
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Ensure that we don't replace a kill with a lesser one. For example
 | 
						|
    if user has done 'kill_connection' we shouldn't replace it with
 | 
						|
    KILL_QUERY.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void set_killed(killed_state killed_arg,
 | 
						|
                         int killed_errno_arg= 0,
 | 
						|
                         const char *killed_err_msg_arg= 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
 | 
						|
    set_killed_no_mutex(killed_arg, killed_errno_arg, killed_err_msg_arg);
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This is only used by THD::awake where we need to keep the lock mutex
 | 
						|
    locked over some time.
 | 
						|
    It's ok to have this inline, as in most cases killed_errno_arg will
 | 
						|
    be a constant 0 and most of the function will disappear.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void set_killed_no_mutex(killed_state killed_arg,
 | 
						|
                                  int killed_errno_arg= 0,
 | 
						|
                                  const char *killed_err_msg_arg= 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (killed <= killed_arg)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      killed= killed_arg;
 | 
						|
      if (killed_errno_arg)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
          If alloc fails, we only remember the killed flag.
 | 
						|
          The worst things that can happen is that we get
 | 
						|
          a suboptimal error message.
 | 
						|
        */
 | 
						|
        killed_err= (err_info*) alloc_root(&main_mem_root, sizeof(*killed_err));
 | 
						|
        if (killed_err)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
          killed_err->no= killed_errno_arg;
 | 
						|
          ::strmake((char*) killed_err->msg, killed_err_msg_arg,
 | 
						|
                    sizeof(killed_err->msg)-1);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  int killed_errno();
 | 
						|
  inline void reset_killed()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Resetting killed has to be done under a mutex to ensure
 | 
						|
      its not done during an awake() call.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    if (killed != NOT_KILLED)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
 | 
						|
      killed= NOT_KILLED;
 | 
						|
      killed_err= 0;
 | 
						|
      mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void reset_kill_query()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (killed < KILL_CONNECTION)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      reset_killed();
 | 
						|
      mysys_var->abort= 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void send_kill_message()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
 | 
						|
    int err= killed_errno();
 | 
						|
    if (err)
 | 
						|
      my_message(err, killed_err ? killed_err->msg : ER_THD(this, err),
 | 
						|
                 MYF(0));
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /* return TRUE if we will abort query if we make a warning now */
 | 
						|
  inline bool really_abort_on_warning()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return (abort_on_warning &&
 | 
						|
            (!transaction.stmt.modified_non_trans_table ||
 | 
						|
             (variables.sql_mode & MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES)));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_status_var_init();
 | 
						|
  void reset_n_backup_open_tables_state(Open_tables_backup *backup);
 | 
						|
  void restore_backup_open_tables_state(Open_tables_backup *backup);
 | 
						|
  void reset_sub_statement_state(Sub_statement_state *backup, uint new_state);
 | 
						|
  void restore_sub_statement_state(Sub_statement_state *backup);
 | 
						|
  void set_n_backup_active_arena(Query_arena *set, Query_arena *backup);
 | 
						|
  void restore_active_arena(Query_arena *set, Query_arena *backup);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void get_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format *format,
 | 
						|
                                enum_binlog_format *current_format)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    *format= (enum_binlog_format) variables.binlog_format;
 | 
						|
    *current_format= current_stmt_binlog_format;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline enum_binlog_format get_current_stmt_binlog_format()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return current_stmt_binlog_format;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format,
 | 
						|
                                enum_binlog_format current_format)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("set_binlog_format");
 | 
						|
    variables.binlog_format= format;
 | 
						|
    current_stmt_binlog_format= current_format;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void set_binlog_format_stmt()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("set_binlog_format_stmt");
 | 
						|
    variables.binlog_format=    BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT;
 | 
						|
    current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    @todo Make these methods private or remove them completely.  Only
 | 
						|
    decide_logging_format should call them. /Sven
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row_if_mixed()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row_if_mixed");
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      This should only be called from decide_logging_format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      @todo Once we have ensured this, uncomment the following
 | 
						|
      statement, remove the big comment below that, and remove the
 | 
						|
      in_sub_stmt==0 condition from the following 'if'.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    /* DBUG_ASSERT(in_sub_stmt == 0); */
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      If in a stored/function trigger, the caller should already have done the
 | 
						|
      change. We test in_sub_stmt to prevent introducing bugs where people
 | 
						|
      wouldn't ensure that, and would switch to row-based mode in the middle
 | 
						|
      of executing a stored function/trigger (which is too late, see also
 | 
						|
      reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()); this condition will make their
 | 
						|
      tests fail and so force them to propagate the
 | 
						|
      lex->binlog_row_based_if_mixed upwards to the caller.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    if ((wsrep_binlog_format() == BINLOG_FORMAT_MIXED) && (in_sub_stmt == 0))
 | 
						|
      set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row");
 | 
						|
    current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /* Set binlog format temporarily to statement. Returns old format */
 | 
						|
  inline enum_binlog_format set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    enum_binlog_format orig_format= current_stmt_binlog_format;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt");
 | 
						|
    current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_RETURN(orig_format);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void restore_stmt_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("restore_stmt_binlog_format");
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_current_stmt_binlog_format_row());
 | 
						|
    current_stmt_binlog_format= format;
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline void reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row");
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      If there are temporary tables, don't reset back to
 | 
						|
      statement-based. Indeed it could be that:
 | 
						|
      CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE t SELECT UUID(); # row-based
 | 
						|
      # and row-based does not store updates to temp tables
 | 
						|
      # in the binlog.
 | 
						|
      INSERT INTO u SELECT * FROM t; # stmt-based
 | 
						|
      and then the INSERT will fail as data inserted into t was not logged.
 | 
						|
      So we continue with row-based until the temp table is dropped.
 | 
						|
      If we are in a stored function or trigger, we mustn't reset in the
 | 
						|
      middle of its execution (as the binary logging way of a stored function
 | 
						|
      or trigger is decided when it starts executing, depending for example on
 | 
						|
      the caller (for a stored function: if caller is SELECT or
 | 
						|
      INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE...).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    DBUG_PRINT("debug",
 | 
						|
               ("temporary_tables: %s, in_sub_stmt: %s, system_thread: %s",
 | 
						|
                YESNO(has_thd_temporary_tables()), YESNO(in_sub_stmt),
 | 
						|
                show_system_thread(system_thread)));
 | 
						|
    if (in_sub_stmt == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (wsrep_binlog_format() == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW)
 | 
						|
        set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row();
 | 
						|
      else if (!has_thd_temporary_tables())
 | 
						|
        set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Set the current database; use deep copy of C-string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param new_db     a pointer to the new database name.
 | 
						|
    @param new_db_len length of the new database name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Initialize the current database from a NULL-terminated string with
 | 
						|
    length. If we run out of memory, we free the current database and
 | 
						|
    return TRUE.  This way the user will notice the error as there will be
 | 
						|
    no current database selected (in addition to the error message set by
 | 
						|
    malloc).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @note This operation just sets {db, db_length}. Switching the current
 | 
						|
    database usually involves other actions, like switching other database
 | 
						|
    attributes including security context. In the future, this operation
 | 
						|
    will be made private and more convenient interface will be provided.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @return Operation status
 | 
						|
      @retval FALSE Success
 | 
						|
      @retval TRUE  Out-of-memory error
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool set_db(const char *new_db, size_t new_db_len)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Acquiring mutex LOCK_thd_data as we either free the memory allocated
 | 
						|
      for the database and reallocating the memory for the new db or memcpy
 | 
						|
      the new_db to the db.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
    /* Do not reallocate memory if current chunk is big enough. */
 | 
						|
    if (db && new_db && db_length >= new_db_len)
 | 
						|
      memcpy(db, new_db, new_db_len+1);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      my_free(db);
 | 
						|
      if (new_db)
 | 
						|
        db= my_strndup(new_db, new_db_len, MYF(MY_WME | ME_FATALERROR));
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        db= NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    db_length= db ? new_db_len : 0;
 | 
						|
    bool result= new_db && !db;
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
    if (result)
 | 
						|
      PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_db)(new_db, (int) new_db_len);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    return result;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Set the current database; use shallow copy of C-string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param new_db     a pointer to the new database name.
 | 
						|
    @param new_db_len length of the new database name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @note This operation just sets {db, db_length}. Switching the current
 | 
						|
    database usually involves other actions, like switching other database
 | 
						|
    attributes including security context. In the future, this operation
 | 
						|
    will be made private and more convenient interface will be provided.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void reset_db(char *new_db, size_t new_db_len)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (new_db != db || new_db_len != db_length)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
      db= new_db;
 | 
						|
      db_length= new_db_len;
 | 
						|
      mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
      PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_db)(new_db, (int) new_db_len);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Copy the current database to the argument. Use the current arena to
 | 
						|
    allocate memory for a deep copy: current database may be freed after
 | 
						|
    a statement is parsed but before it's executed.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool copy_db_to(char **p_db, size_t *p_db_length)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (db == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
        No default database is set. In this case if it's guaranteed that
 | 
						|
        no CTE can be used in the statement then we can throw an error right
 | 
						|
        now at the parser stage. Otherwise the decision about throwing such
 | 
						|
        a message must be postponed until a post-parser stage when we are able
 | 
						|
        to resolve all CTE names as we don't need this message to be thrown
 | 
						|
        for any CTE references.
 | 
						|
      */
 | 
						|
      if (!lex->with_clauses_list)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        my_message(ER_NO_DB_ERROR, ER(ER_NO_DB_ERROR), MYF(0));
 | 
						|
        return TRUE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      /* This will allow to throw an error later for non-CTE references */
 | 
						|
      *p_db= NULL;
 | 
						|
      *p_db_length= 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
     *p_db= strmake(db, db_length);
 | 
						|
     *p_db_length= db_length;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  thd_scheduler event_scheduler;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  inline Internal_error_handler *get_internal_handler()
 | 
						|
  { return m_internal_handler; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Add an internal error handler to the thread execution context.
 | 
						|
    @param handler the exception handler to add
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void push_internal_handler(Internal_error_handler *handler);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Handle a sql condition.
 | 
						|
    @param sql_errno the condition error number
 | 
						|
    @param sqlstate the condition sqlstate
 | 
						|
    @param level the condition level
 | 
						|
    @param msg the condition message text
 | 
						|
    @param[out] cond_hdl the sql condition raised, if any
 | 
						|
    @return true if the condition is handled
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool handle_condition(uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                        const char* sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
 | 
						|
                        const char* msg,
 | 
						|
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Remove the error handler last pushed.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Internal_error_handler *pop_internal_handler();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise an exception condition.
 | 
						|
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the error
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void raise_error(uint code);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise an exception condition, with a formatted message.
 | 
						|
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the error
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void raise_error_printf(uint code, ...);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise a completion condition (warning).
 | 
						|
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the warning
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void raise_warning(uint code);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise a completion condition (warning), with a formatted message.
 | 
						|
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the warning
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void raise_warning_printf(uint code, ...);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise a completion condition (note), with a fixed message.
 | 
						|
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the note
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void raise_note(uint code);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise an completion condition (note), with a formatted message.
 | 
						|
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the note
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void raise_note_printf(uint code, ...);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Only the implementation of the SIGNAL and RESIGNAL statements
 | 
						|
    is permitted to raise SQL conditions in a generic way,
 | 
						|
    or to raise them by bypassing handlers (RESIGNAL).
 | 
						|
    To raise a SQL condition, the code should use the public
 | 
						|
    raise_error() or raise_warning() methods provided by class THD.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  friend class Sql_cmd_common_signal;
 | 
						|
  friend class Sql_cmd_signal;
 | 
						|
  friend class Sql_cmd_resignal;
 | 
						|
  friend void push_warning(THD*, Sql_condition::enum_warning_level, uint, const char*);
 | 
						|
  friend void my_message_sql(uint, const char *, myf);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Raise a generic SQL condition.
 | 
						|
    @param sql_errno the condition error number
 | 
						|
    @param sqlstate the condition SQLSTATE
 | 
						|
    @param level the condition level
 | 
						|
    @param msg the condition message text
 | 
						|
    @return The condition raised, or NULL
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Sql_condition*
 | 
						|
  raise_condition(uint sql_errno,
 | 
						|
                  const char* sqlstate,
 | 
						|
                  Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
 | 
						|
                  const char* msg);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /** Overloaded to guard query/query_length fields */
 | 
						|
  virtual void set_statement(Statement *stmt);
 | 
						|
  void set_command(enum enum_server_command command)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    m_command= command;
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_thread_command)(m_command);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline enum enum_server_command get_command() const
 | 
						|
  { return m_command; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Assign a new value to thd->query and thd->query_id and mysys_var.
 | 
						|
    Protected with LOCK_thd_data mutex.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void set_query(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg,
 | 
						|
                 CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    set_query(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, cs_arg));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_query(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg) /*Mutex protected*/
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    set_query(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, charset()));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_query(const CSET_STRING &string_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
    set_query_inner(string_arg);
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
 | 
						|
    PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_info)(query(), query_length());
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void reset_query()               /* Mutex protected */
 | 
						|
  { set_query(CSET_STRING()); }
 | 
						|
  void set_query_and_id(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg,
 | 
						|
                        CHARSET_INFO *cs, query_id_t new_query_id);
 | 
						|
  void set_query_id(query_id_t new_query_id)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    query_id= new_query_id;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_open_tables(TABLE *open_tables_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
    open_tables= open_tables_arg;
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_mysys_var(struct st_my_thread_var *new_mysys_var);
 | 
						|
  void enter_locked_tables_mode(enum_locked_tables_mode mode_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(locked_tables_mode == LTM_NONE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mode_arg == LTM_LOCK_TABLES)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
        When entering LOCK TABLES mode we should set explicit duration
 | 
						|
        for all metadata locks acquired so far in order to avoid releasing
 | 
						|
        them till UNLOCK TABLES statement.
 | 
						|
        We don't do this when entering prelocked mode since sub-statements
 | 
						|
        don't release metadata locks and restoring status-quo after leaving
 | 
						|
        prelocking mode gets complicated.
 | 
						|
      */
 | 
						|
      mdl_context.set_explicit_duration_for_all_locks();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    locked_tables_mode= mode_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void leave_locked_tables_mode();
 | 
						|
  int decide_logging_format(TABLE_LIST *tables);
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   In Some cases when decide_logging_format is called it does not have all
 | 
						|
   information to decide the logging format. So that cases we call decide_logging_format_2
 | 
						|
   at later stages in execution.
 | 
						|
   One example would be binlog format for IODKU but column with unique key is not inserted.
 | 
						|
   We dont have inserted columns info when we call decide_logging_format so on later stage we call
 | 
						|
   decide_logging_format_low
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @returns 0 if no format is changed
 | 
						|
            1 if there is change in binlog format
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  int decide_logging_format_low(TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  enum need_invoker { INVOKER_NONE=0, INVOKER_USER, INVOKER_ROLE};
 | 
						|
  void binlog_invoker(bool role) { m_binlog_invoker= role ? INVOKER_ROLE : INVOKER_USER; }
 | 
						|
  enum need_invoker need_binlog_invoker() { return m_binlog_invoker; }
 | 
						|
  void get_definer(LEX_USER *definer, bool role);
 | 
						|
  void set_invoker(const LEX_STRING *user, const LEX_STRING *host)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    invoker_user= *user;
 | 
						|
    invoker_host= *host;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING get_invoker_user() { return invoker_user; }
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING get_invoker_host() { return invoker_host; }
 | 
						|
  bool has_invoker() { return invoker_user.length > 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void print_aborted_warning(uint threshold, const char *reason)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (global_system_variables.log_warnings > threshold)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      Security_context *sctx= &main_security_ctx;
 | 
						|
      sql_print_warning(ER_THD(this, ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION),
 | 
						|
                        thread_id, (db ? db : "unconnected"),
 | 
						|
                        sctx->user ? sctx->user : "unauthenticated",
 | 
						|
                        sctx->host_or_ip, reason);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  void clear_wakeup_ready() { wakeup_ready= false; }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Sleep waiting for others to wake us up with signal_wakeup_ready().
 | 
						|
    Must call clear_wakeup_ready() before waiting.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void wait_for_wakeup_ready();
 | 
						|
  /* Wake this thread up from wait_for_wakeup_ready(). */
 | 
						|
  void signal_wakeup_ready();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void add_status_to_global()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(status_in_global == 0);
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_status);
 | 
						|
    add_to_status(&global_status_var, &status_var);
 | 
						|
    /* Mark that this THD status has already been added in global status */
 | 
						|
    status_var.global_memory_used= 0;
 | 
						|
    status_in_global= 1;
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_status);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  wait_for_commit *wait_for_commit_ptr;
 | 
						|
  int wait_for_prior_commit()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (wait_for_commit_ptr)
 | 
						|
      return wait_for_commit_ptr->wait_for_prior_commit(this);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void wakeup_subsequent_commits(int wakeup_error)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (wait_for_commit_ptr)
 | 
						|
      wait_for_commit_ptr->wakeup_subsequent_commits(wakeup_error);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  wait_for_commit *suspend_subsequent_commits() {
 | 
						|
    wait_for_commit *suspended= wait_for_commit_ptr;
 | 
						|
    wait_for_commit_ptr= NULL;
 | 
						|
    return suspended;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void resume_subsequent_commits(wait_for_commit *suspended) {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(!wait_for_commit_ptr);
 | 
						|
    wait_for_commit_ptr= suspended;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void mark_transaction_to_rollback(bool all);
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /** The current internal error handler for this thread, or NULL. */
 | 
						|
  Internal_error_handler *m_internal_handler;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    The lex to hold the parsed tree of conventional (non-prepared) queries.
 | 
						|
    Whereas for prepared and stored procedure statements we use an own lex
 | 
						|
    instance for each new query, for conventional statements we reuse
 | 
						|
    the same lex. (@see mysql_parse for details).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  LEX main_lex;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    This memory root is used for two purposes:
 | 
						|
    - for conventional queries, to allocate structures stored in main_lex
 | 
						|
    during parsing, and allocate runtime data (execution plan, etc.)
 | 
						|
    during execution.
 | 
						|
    - for prepared queries, only to allocate runtime data. The parsed
 | 
						|
    tree itself is reused between executions and thus is stored elsewhere.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  MEM_ROOT main_mem_root;
 | 
						|
  Diagnostics_area main_da;
 | 
						|
  Diagnostics_area *m_stmt_da;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    It will be set if CURRENT_USER() or CURRENT_ROLE() is called in account
 | 
						|
    management statements or default definer is set in CREATE/ALTER SP, SF,
 | 
						|
    Event, TRIGGER or VIEW statements.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Current user or role will be binlogged into Query_log_event if
 | 
						|
    m_binlog_invoker is not NONE; It will be stored into invoker_host and
 | 
						|
    invoker_user by SQL thread.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  enum need_invoker m_binlog_invoker;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    It points to the invoker in the Query_log_event.
 | 
						|
    SQL thread use it as the default definer in CREATE/ALTER SP, SF, Event,
 | 
						|
    TRIGGER or VIEW statements or current user in account management
 | 
						|
    statements if it is not NULL.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING invoker_user;
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING invoker_host;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
  Session_tracker session_tracker;
 | 
						|
#endif //EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Flag, mutex and condition for a thread to wait for a signal from another
 | 
						|
    thread.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Currently used to wait for group commit to complete, can also be used for
 | 
						|
    other purposes.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool wakeup_ready;
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wakeup_ready;
 | 
						|
  mysql_cond_t COND_wakeup_ready;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The GTID assigned to the last commit. If no GTID was assigned to any commit
 | 
						|
    so far, this is indicated by last_commit_gtid.seq_no == 0.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  rpl_gtid m_last_commit_gtid;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  rpl_gtid get_last_commit_gtid() { return m_last_commit_gtid; }
 | 
						|
  void set_last_commit_gtid(rpl_gtid >id);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LF_PINS *tdc_hash_pins;
 | 
						|
  LF_PINS *xid_hash_pins;
 | 
						|
  bool fix_xid_hash_pins();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Members related to temporary tables. */
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /* Opened table states. */
 | 
						|
  enum Temporary_table_state {
 | 
						|
    TMP_TABLE_IN_USE,
 | 
						|
    TMP_TABLE_NOT_IN_USE,
 | 
						|
    TMP_TABLE_ANY
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  bool has_thd_temporary_tables();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TABLE *create_and_open_tmp_table(handlerton *hton,
 | 
						|
                                   LEX_CUSTRING *frm,
 | 
						|
                                   const char *path,
 | 
						|
                                   const char *db,
 | 
						|
                                   const char *table_name,
 | 
						|
                                   bool open_in_engine);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TABLE *find_temporary_table(const char *db, const char *table_name,
 | 
						|
                              Temporary_table_state state= TMP_TABLE_IN_USE);
 | 
						|
  TABLE *find_temporary_table(const TABLE_LIST *tl,
 | 
						|
                              Temporary_table_state state= TMP_TABLE_IN_USE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share_w_base_key(const char *key,
 | 
						|
                                                   uint key_length);
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const char *db,
 | 
						|
                                        const char *table_name);
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const TABLE_LIST *tl);
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const char *key, uint key_length);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool open_temporary_table(TABLE_LIST *tl);
 | 
						|
  bool open_temporary_tables(TABLE_LIST *tl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool close_temporary_tables();
 | 
						|
  bool rename_temporary_table(TABLE *table, const char *db,
 | 
						|
                              const char *table_name);
 | 
						|
  bool drop_temporary_table(TABLE *table, bool *is_trans, bool delete_table);
 | 
						|
  bool rm_temporary_table(handlerton *hton, const char *path);
 | 
						|
  void mark_tmp_tables_as_free_for_reuse();
 | 
						|
  void mark_tmp_table_as_free_for_reuse(TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE* save_tmp_table_share(TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
  void restore_tmp_table_share(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share);
 | 
						|
  void close_unused_temporary_table_instances(const TABLE_LIST *tl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /* Whether a lock has been acquired? */
 | 
						|
  bool m_tmp_tables_locked;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool has_temporary_tables();
 | 
						|
  uint create_tmp_table_def_key(char *key, const char *db,
 | 
						|
                                const char *table_name);
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *create_temporary_table(handlerton *hton, LEX_CUSTRING *frm,
 | 
						|
                                          const char *path, const char *db,
 | 
						|
                                          const char *table_name);
 | 
						|
  TABLE *find_temporary_table(const char *key, uint key_length,
 | 
						|
                              Temporary_table_state state);
 | 
						|
  TABLE *open_temporary_table(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share, const char *alias,
 | 
						|
                              bool open_in_engine);
 | 
						|
  bool find_and_use_tmp_table(const TABLE_LIST *tl, TABLE **out_table);
 | 
						|
  bool use_temporary_table(TABLE *table, TABLE **out_table);
 | 
						|
  void close_temporary_table(TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
  bool log_events_and_free_tmp_shares();
 | 
						|
  void free_tmp_table_share(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share, bool delete_table);
 | 
						|
  void free_temporary_table(TABLE *table);
 | 
						|
  bool lock_temporary_tables();
 | 
						|
  void unlock_temporary_tables();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline uint tmpkeyval(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return uint4korr(share->table_cache_key.str +
 | 
						|
                     share->table_cache_key.length - 4);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE *tmp_table_share(TABLE *table)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(table->s->tmp_table);
 | 
						|
    return static_cast<TMP_TABLE_SHARE *>(table->s);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  inline ulong wsrep_binlog_format() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return WSREP_FORMAT(variables.binlog_format);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
 | 
						|
  const bool                wsrep_applier; /* dedicated slave applier thread */
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_applier_closing; /* applier marked to close */
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_client_thread; /* to identify client threads*/
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_PA_safe;
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_converted_lock_session;
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_apply_toi; /* applier processing in TOI */
 | 
						|
  enum wsrep_exec_mode      wsrep_exec_mode;
 | 
						|
  query_id_t                wsrep_last_query_id;
 | 
						|
  enum wsrep_query_state    wsrep_query_state;
 | 
						|
  enum wsrep_conflict_state wsrep_conflict_state;
 | 
						|
  wsrep_trx_meta_t          wsrep_trx_meta;
 | 
						|
  uint32                    wsrep_rand;
 | 
						|
  Relay_log_info            *wsrep_rli;
 | 
						|
  rpl_group_info            *wsrep_rgi;
 | 
						|
  wsrep_ws_handle_t         wsrep_ws_handle;
 | 
						|
  ulong                     wsrep_retry_counter; // of autocommit
 | 
						|
  char                      *wsrep_retry_query;
 | 
						|
  size_t                    wsrep_retry_query_len;
 | 
						|
  enum enum_server_command  wsrep_retry_command;
 | 
						|
  enum wsrep_consistency_check_mode
 | 
						|
                            wsrep_consistency_check;
 | 
						|
  int                       wsrep_mysql_replicated;
 | 
						|
  const char                *wsrep_TOI_pre_query; /* a query to apply before
 | 
						|
                                                     the actual TOI query */
 | 
						|
  size_t                    wsrep_TOI_pre_query_len;
 | 
						|
  wsrep_po_handle_t         wsrep_po_handle;
 | 
						|
  size_t                    wsrep_po_cnt;
 | 
						|
#ifdef GTID_SUPPORT
 | 
						|
  rpl_sid                   wsrep_po_sid;
 | 
						|
#endif /*  GTID_SUPPORT */
 | 
						|
  void                      *wsrep_apply_format;
 | 
						|
  char                      wsrep_info[128]; /* string for dynamic proc info */
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    When enabled, do not replicate/binlog updates from the current table that's
 | 
						|
    being processed. At the moment, it is used to keep mysql.gtid_slave_pos
 | 
						|
    table updates from being replicated to other nodes via galera replication.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_ignore_table;
 | 
						|
  wsrep_gtid_t              wsrep_sync_wait_gtid;
 | 
						|
  ulong                     wsrep_affected_rows;
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_replicate_GTID;
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_skip_wsrep_GTID;
 | 
						|
  /* This flag is set when innodb do an intermediate commit to
 | 
						|
  processing the LOAD DATA INFILE statement by splitting it into 10K
 | 
						|
  rows chunks. If flag is set, then binlog rotation is not performed
 | 
						|
  while intermediate transaction try to commit, because in this case
 | 
						|
  rotation causes unregistration of innodb handler. Later innodb handler
 | 
						|
  registered again, but replication of last chunk of rows is skipped
 | 
						|
  by the innodb engine: */
 | 
						|
  bool                      wsrep_split_flag;
 | 
						|
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handling of timeouts for commands */
 | 
						|
  thr_timer_t query_timer;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  void set_query_timer()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Don't start a query timer if
 | 
						|
      - If timeouts are not set
 | 
						|
      - if we are in a stored procedure or sub statement
 | 
						|
      - If this is a slave thread
 | 
						|
      - If we already have set a timeout (happens when running prepared
 | 
						|
        statements that calls mysql_execute_command())
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    if (!variables.max_statement_time || spcont  || in_sub_stmt ||
 | 
						|
        slave_thread || query_timer.expired == 0)
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    thr_timer_settime(&query_timer, variables.max_statement_time);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void reset_query_timer()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
    if (spcont || in_sub_stmt || slave_thread)
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    if (!query_timer.expired)
 | 
						|
      thr_timer_end(&query_timer);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void restore_set_statement_var()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    main_lex.restore_set_statement_var();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /* Copy relevant `stmt` transaction flags to `all` transaction. */
 | 
						|
  void merge_unsafe_rollback_flags()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (transaction.stmt.modified_non_trans_table)
 | 
						|
      transaction.all.modified_non_trans_table= TRUE;
 | 
						|
    transaction.all.m_unsafe_rollback_flags|=
 | 
						|
      (transaction.stmt.m_unsafe_rollback_flags &
 | 
						|
       (THD_TRANS::DID_WAIT | THD_TRANS::CREATED_TEMP_TABLE |
 | 
						|
        THD_TRANS::DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE | THD_TRANS::DID_DDL));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Reset current_linfo
 | 
						|
    Setting current_linfo to 0 needs to be done with LOCK_thread_count to
 | 
						|
    ensure that adjust_linfo_offsets doesn't use a structure that may
 | 
						|
    be deleted.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline void reset_current_linfo()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_count);
 | 
						|
    current_linfo= 0;
 | 
						|
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_count);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline void add_to_active_threads(THD *thd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_count);
 | 
						|
  threads.append(thd);
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_count);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  This should be called when you want to delete a thd that was not
 | 
						|
  running any queries.
 | 
						|
  This function will assert that the THD is linked.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline void unlink_not_visible_thd(THD *thd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  thd->assert_linked();
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_count);
 | 
						|
  thd->unlink();
 | 
						|
  mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_count);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** A short cut for thd->get_stmt_da()->set_ok_status(). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline void
 | 
						|
my_ok(THD *thd, ulonglong affected_rows= 0, ulonglong id= 0,
 | 
						|
        const char *message= NULL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  thd->set_row_count_func(affected_rows);
 | 
						|
  thd->get_stmt_da()->set_ok_status(affected_rows, id, message);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** A short cut for thd->get_stmt_da()->set_eof_status(). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline void
 | 
						|
my_eof(THD *thd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  thd->set_row_count_func(-1);
 | 
						|
  thd->get_stmt_da()->set_eof_status(thd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TRANSACT_TRACKER(add_trx_state(thd, TX_RESULT_SET));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define tmp_disable_binlog(A)                                              \
 | 
						|
  {ulonglong tmp_disable_binlog__save_options= (A)->variables.option_bits; \
 | 
						|
  (A)->variables.option_bits&= ~OPTION_BIN_LOG;                            \
 | 
						|
  (A)->variables.sql_log_bin_off= 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define reenable_binlog(A)                                                  \
 | 
						|
  (A)->variables.option_bits= tmp_disable_binlog__save_options;             \
 | 
						|
  (A)->variables.sql_log_bin_off= 0;}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline sql_mode_t sql_mode_for_dates(THD *thd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return thd->variables.sql_mode &
 | 
						|
          (MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE | MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE | MODE_INVALID_DATES);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Used to hold information about file and file structure in exchange
 | 
						|
  via non-DB file (...INTO OUTFILE..., ...LOAD DATA...)
 | 
						|
  XXX: We never call destructor for objects of this class.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class sql_exchange :public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  enum enum_filetype filetype; /* load XML, Added by Arnold & Erik */
 | 
						|
  char *file_name;
 | 
						|
  String *field_term,*enclosed,*line_term,*line_start,*escaped;
 | 
						|
  bool opt_enclosed;
 | 
						|
  bool dumpfile;
 | 
						|
  ulong skip_lines;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
 | 
						|
  sql_exchange(char *name, bool dumpfile_flag,
 | 
						|
               enum_filetype filetype_arg= FILETYPE_CSV);
 | 
						|
  bool escaped_given(void);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  This is used to get result from a select
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class JOIN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Pure interface for sending tabular data */
 | 
						|
class select_result_sink: public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  THD *thd;
 | 
						|
  select_result_sink(THD *thd_arg): thd(thd_arg) {}
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    send_data returns 0 on ok, 1 on error and -1 if data was ignored, for
 | 
						|
    example for a duplicate row entry written to a temp table.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual int send_data(List<Item> &items)=0;
 | 
						|
  virtual ~select_result_sink() {};
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_result_interceptor;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Interface for sending tabular data, together with some other stuff:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  - Primary purpose seems to be seding typed tabular data:
 | 
						|
     = the DDL is sent with send_fields()
 | 
						|
     = the rows are sent with send_data()
 | 
						|
  Besides that,
 | 
						|
  - there seems to be an assumption that the sent data is a result of 
 | 
						|
    SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
 | 
						|
  - nest_level is used by SQL parser
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_result :public select_result_sink 
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  /* 
 | 
						|
    All descendant classes have their send_data() skip the first 
 | 
						|
    unit->offset_limit_cnt rows sent.  Select_materialize
 | 
						|
    also uses unit->get_column_types().
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit;
 | 
						|
  /* Something used only by the parser: */
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_result(THD *thd_arg): select_result_sink(thd_arg) {}
 | 
						|
  void set_unit(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit_arg) { unit= unit_arg; }
 | 
						|
  virtual ~select_result() {};
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Change wrapped select_result.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Replace the wrapped result object with new_result and call
 | 
						|
    prepare() and prepare2() on new_result.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This base class implementation doesn't wrap other select_results.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param new_result The new result object to wrap around
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @retval false Success
 | 
						|
    @retval true  Error
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual bool change_result(select_result *new_result)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  virtual int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    unit= u;
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  virtual int prepare2(void) { return 0; }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Because of peculiarities of prepared statements protocol
 | 
						|
    we need to know number of columns in the result set (if
 | 
						|
    there is a result set) apart from sending columns metadata.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const
 | 
						|
  { return fields.elements; }
 | 
						|
  virtual bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags)=0;
 | 
						|
  virtual bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join=0) { return 0; }
 | 
						|
  virtual bool send_eof()=0;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Check if this query returns a result set and therefore is allowed in
 | 
						|
    cursors and set an error message if it is not the case.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @retval FALSE     success
 | 
						|
    @retval TRUE      error, an error message is set
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual bool check_simple_select() const;
 | 
						|
  virtual void abort_result_set() {}
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Cleanup instance of this class for next execution of a prepared
 | 
						|
    statement/stored procedure.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual void cleanup();
 | 
						|
  void set_thd(THD *thd_arg) { thd= thd_arg; }
 | 
						|
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
 | 
						|
  virtual void begin_dataset() {}
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  void begin_dataset() {}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  virtual void update_used_tables() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* this method is called just before the first row of the table can be read */
 | 
						|
  virtual void prepare_to_read_rows() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void reset_offset_limit()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    unit->offset_limit_cnt= 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This returns
 | 
						|
    - NULL if the class sends output row to the client
 | 
						|
    - this if the output is set elsewhere (a file, @variable, or table).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual select_result_interceptor *result_interceptor()=0;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  This is a select_result_sink which simply writes all data into a (temporary)
 | 
						|
  table. Creation/deletion of the table is outside of the scope of the class
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  It is aimed at capturing SHOW EXPLAIN output, so:
 | 
						|
  - Unlike select_result class, we don't assume that the sent data is an 
 | 
						|
    output of a SELECT_LEX_UNIT (and so we dont apply "LIMIT x,y" from the
 | 
						|
    unit)
 | 
						|
  - We don't try to convert the target table to MyISAM 
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_result_explain_buffer : public select_result_sink
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_result_explain_buffer(THD *thd_arg, TABLE *table_arg) : 
 | 
						|
    select_result_sink(thd_arg), dst_table(table_arg) {};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TABLE *dst_table; /* table to write into */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* The following is called in the child thread: */
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  This is a select_result_sink which stores the data in text form.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  It is only used to save EXPLAIN output.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_result_text_buffer : public select_result_sink
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_result_text_buffer(THD *thd_arg): select_result_sink(thd_arg) {}
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &fields, uint flag);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void save_to(String *res);
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  int append_row(List<Item> &items, bool send_names);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  List<char*> rows;
 | 
						|
  int n_columns;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Base class for select_result descendands which intercept and
 | 
						|
  transform result set rows. As the rows are not sent to the client,
 | 
						|
  sending of result set metadata should be suppressed as well.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_result_interceptor: public select_result
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_result_interceptor(THD *thd_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_result(thd_arg), suppress_my_ok(false)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ENTER("select_result_interceptor::select_result_interceptor");
 | 
						|
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("this %p", this));
 | 
						|
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }              /* Remove gcc warning */
 | 
						|
  uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const { return 0; }
 | 
						|
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &fields, uint flag) { return FALSE; }
 | 
						|
  select_result_interceptor *result_interceptor() { return this; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Instruct the object to not call my_ok(). Client output will be handled
 | 
						|
    elsewhere. (this is used by ANALYZE $stmt feature).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void disable_my_ok_calls() { suppress_my_ok= true; }
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  bool suppress_my_ok;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_send :public select_result {
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    True if we have sent result set metadata to the client.
 | 
						|
    In this case the client always expects us to end the result
 | 
						|
    set with an eof or error packet
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_result_set_started;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_send(THD *thd_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_result(thd_arg), is_result_set_started(FALSE) {}
 | 
						|
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  virtual bool check_simple_select() const { return FALSE; }
 | 
						|
  void abort_result_set();
 | 
						|
  virtual void cleanup();
 | 
						|
  select_result_interceptor *result_interceptor() { return NULL; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  We need this class, because select_send::send_eof() will call ::my_eof.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  See also class Protocol_discard.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_send_analyze : public select_send
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags) { return 0; }
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof() { return 0; }
 | 
						|
  void abort_result_set() {}
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_send_analyze(THD *thd_arg): select_send(thd_arg) {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_to_file :public select_result_interceptor {
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  sql_exchange *exchange;
 | 
						|
  File file;
 | 
						|
  IO_CACHE cache;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows row_count;
 | 
						|
  char path[FN_REFLEN];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_to_file(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex):
 | 
						|
    select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), exchange(ex), file(-1),row_count(0L)
 | 
						|
  { path[0]=0; }
 | 
						|
  ~select_to_file();
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPE_CHARS "ntrb0ZN" // keep synchronous with READ_INFO::unescape
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 List of all possible characters of a numeric value text representation.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define NUMERIC_CHARS ".0123456789e+-"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_export :public select_to_file {
 | 
						|
  uint field_term_length;
 | 
						|
  int field_sep_char,escape_char,line_sep_char;
 | 
						|
  int field_term_char; // first char of FIELDS TERMINATED BY or MAX_INT
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The is_ambiguous_field_sep field is true if a value of the field_sep_char
 | 
						|
    field is one of the 'n', 't', 'r' etc characters
 | 
						|
    (see the READ_INFO::unescape method and the ESCAPE_CHARS constant value).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_ambiguous_field_sep;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
     The is_ambiguous_field_term is true if field_sep_char contains the first
 | 
						|
     char of the FIELDS TERMINATED BY (ENCLOSED BY is empty), and items can
 | 
						|
     contain this character.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_ambiguous_field_term;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The is_unsafe_field_sep field is true if a value of the field_sep_char
 | 
						|
    field is one of the '0'..'9', '+', '-', '.' and 'e' characters
 | 
						|
    (see the NUMERIC_CHARS constant value).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_unsafe_field_sep;
 | 
						|
  bool fixed_row_size;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *write_cs; // output charset
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_export(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): select_to_file(thd_arg, ex) {}
 | 
						|
  ~select_export();
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_dump :public select_to_file {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_dump(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): select_to_file(thd_arg, ex) {}
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_insert :public select_result_interceptor {
 | 
						|
 public:
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *table_list;
 | 
						|
  TABLE *table;
 | 
						|
  List<Item> *fields;
 | 
						|
  ulonglong autoinc_value_of_last_inserted_row; // autogenerated or not
 | 
						|
  COPY_INFO info;
 | 
						|
  bool insert_into_view;
 | 
						|
  select_insert(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *table_list_par,
 | 
						|
		TABLE *table_par, List<Item> *fields_par,
 | 
						|
		List<Item> *update_fields, List<Item> *update_values,
 | 
						|
		enum_duplicates duplic, bool ignore);
 | 
						|
  ~select_insert();
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  virtual int prepare2(void);
 | 
						|
  virtual int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  virtual void store_values(List<Item> &values);
 | 
						|
  virtual bool can_rollback_data() { return 0; }
 | 
						|
  bool prepare_eof();
 | 
						|
  bool send_ok_packet();
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  virtual void abort_result_set();
 | 
						|
  /* not implemented: select_insert is never re-used in prepared statements */
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_create: public select_insert {
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *create_table;
 | 
						|
  Table_specification_st *create_info;
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *select_tables;
 | 
						|
  Alter_info *alter_info;
 | 
						|
  Field **field;
 | 
						|
  /* lock data for tmp table */
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_LOCK *m_lock;
 | 
						|
  /* m_lock or thd->extra_lock */
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_LOCK **m_plock;
 | 
						|
  bool       exit_done;
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *saved_tmp_table_share;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_create(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *table_arg,
 | 
						|
                Table_specification_st *create_info_par,
 | 
						|
                Alter_info *alter_info_arg,
 | 
						|
                List<Item> &select_fields,enum_duplicates duplic, bool ignore,
 | 
						|
                TABLE_LIST *select_tables_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_insert(thd_arg, table_arg, NULL, &select_fields, 0, 0, duplic,
 | 
						|
                  ignore),
 | 
						|
    create_table(table_arg),
 | 
						|
    create_info(create_info_par),
 | 
						|
    select_tables(select_tables_arg),
 | 
						|
    alter_info(alter_info_arg),
 | 
						|
    m_plock(NULL), exit_done(0),
 | 
						|
    saved_tmp_table_share(0)
 | 
						|
    {}
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int binlog_show_create_table(TABLE **tables, uint count);
 | 
						|
  void store_values(List<Item> &values);
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  virtual void abort_result_set();
 | 
						|
  virtual bool can_rollback_data() { return 1; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Needed for access from local class MY_HOOKS in prepare(), since thd is proteted.
 | 
						|
  const THD *get_thd(void) { return thd; }
 | 
						|
  const HA_CREATE_INFO *get_create_info() { return create_info; };
 | 
						|
  int prepare2(void) { return 0; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <myisam.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WITH_ARIA_STORAGE_ENGINE
 | 
						|
#include <maria.h>
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#undef USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES
 | 
						|
#define TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF MARIA_COLUMNDEF
 | 
						|
#define TMP_ENGINE_HTON maria_hton
 | 
						|
#define TMP_ENGINE_NAME "Aria"
 | 
						|
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_length() { return maria_max_key_length(); }
 | 
						|
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_parts() { return maria_max_key_segments(); }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF MI_COLUMNDEF
 | 
						|
#define TMP_ENGINE_HTON myisam_hton
 | 
						|
#define TMP_ENGINE_NAME "MyISAM"
 | 
						|
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_length() { return MI_MAX_KEY_LENGTH; }
 | 
						|
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_parts() { return MI_MAX_KEY_SEG; }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Param to create temporary tables when doing SELECT:s
 | 
						|
  NOTE
 | 
						|
    This structure is copied using memcpy as a part of JOIN.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class TMP_TABLE_PARAM :public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  List<Item> copy_funcs;
 | 
						|
  Copy_field *copy_field, *copy_field_end;
 | 
						|
  uchar	    *group_buff;
 | 
						|
  Item	    **items_to_copy;			/* Fields in tmp table */
 | 
						|
  TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *recinfo, *start_recinfo;
 | 
						|
  KEY *keyinfo;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows end_write_records;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Number of normal fields in the query, including those referred to
 | 
						|
    from aggregate functions. Hence, "SELECT `field1`,
 | 
						|
    SUM(`field2`) from t1" sets this counter to 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see count_field_types
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint	field_count; 
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Number of fields in the query that have functions. Includes both
 | 
						|
    aggregate functions (e.g., SUM) and non-aggregates (e.g., RAND).
 | 
						|
    Also counts functions referred to from aggregate functions, i.e.,
 | 
						|
    "SELECT SUM(RAND())" sets this counter to 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see count_field_types
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint  func_count;  
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Number of fields in the query that have aggregate functions. Note
 | 
						|
    that the optimizer may choose to optimize away these fields by
 | 
						|
    replacing them with constants, in which case sum_func_count will
 | 
						|
    need to be updated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see opt_sum_query, count_field_types
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint  sum_func_count;   
 | 
						|
  uint  hidden_field_count;
 | 
						|
  uint	group_parts,group_length,group_null_parts;
 | 
						|
  uint	quick_group;
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Enabled when we have atleast one outer_sum_func. Needed when used
 | 
						|
    along with distinct.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see create_tmp_table
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool  using_outer_summary_function;
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *table_charset;
 | 
						|
  bool schema_table;
 | 
						|
  /* TRUE if the temp table is created for subquery materialization. */
 | 
						|
  bool materialized_subquery;
 | 
						|
  /* TRUE if all columns of the table are guaranteed to be non-nullable */
 | 
						|
  bool force_not_null_cols;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    True if GROUP BY and its aggregate functions are already computed
 | 
						|
    by a table access method (e.g. by loose index scan). In this case
 | 
						|
    query execution should not perform aggregation and should treat
 | 
						|
    aggregate functions as normal functions.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool precomputed_group_by;
 | 
						|
  bool force_copy_fields;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    If TRUE, create_tmp_field called from create_tmp_table will convert
 | 
						|
    all BIT fields to 64-bit longs. This is a workaround the limitation
 | 
						|
    that MEMORY tables cannot index BIT columns.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool bit_fields_as_long;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Whether to create or postpone actual creation of this temporary table.
 | 
						|
    TRUE <=> create_tmp_table will create only the TABLE structure.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool skip_create_table;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM()
 | 
						|
    :copy_field(0), group_parts(0),
 | 
						|
     group_length(0), group_null_parts(0),
 | 
						|
     using_outer_summary_function(0),
 | 
						|
     schema_table(0), materialized_subquery(0), force_not_null_cols(0),
 | 
						|
     precomputed_group_by(0),
 | 
						|
     force_copy_fields(0), bit_fields_as_long(0), skip_create_table(0)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
  ~TMP_TABLE_PARAM()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    cleanup();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void init(void);
 | 
						|
  inline void cleanup(void)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (copy_field)				/* Fix for Intel compiler */
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      delete [] copy_field;
 | 
						|
      copy_field= NULL;
 | 
						|
      copy_field_end= NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_union :public select_result_interceptor
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM tmp_table_param;
 | 
						|
  int write_err; /* Error code from the last send_data->ha_write_row call. */
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  TABLE *table;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows records;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  select_union(THD *thd_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), write_err(0), table(0), records(0)
 | 
						|
  { tmp_table_param.init(); }
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
    Do prepare() and prepare2() if they have been postponed until
 | 
						|
    column type information is computed (used by select_union_direct).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @param types Column types
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @return false on success, true on failure
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  virtual bool postponed_prepare(List<Item> &types)
 | 
						|
  { return false; }
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  virtual bool flush();
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
  virtual bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types,
 | 
						|
                                   bool is_distinct, ulonglong options,
 | 
						|
                                   const char *alias, 
 | 
						|
                                   bool bit_fields_as_long,
 | 
						|
                                   bool create_table,
 | 
						|
                                   bool keep_row_order= FALSE);
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *get_tmp_table_param() { return &tmp_table_param; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_union_recursive :public select_union
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
 public:
 | 
						|
  /* The temporary table with the new records generated by one iterative step */
 | 
						|
  TABLE *incr_table;
 | 
						|
  /* One of tables from the list rec_tables (determined dynamically) */
 | 
						|
  TABLE *first_rec_table_to_update;
 | 
						|
  /* The temporary tables used for recursive table references */
 | 
						|
  List<TABLE> rec_tables;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The count of how many times cleanup() was called with cleaned==false
 | 
						|
    for the unit specifying the recursive CTE for which this object was created
 | 
						|
    or for the unit specifying a CTE that mutually recursive with this CTE.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint cleanup_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  select_union_recursive(THD *thd_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_union(thd_arg),
 | 
						|
    incr_table(0), first_rec_table_to_update(0), cleanup_count(0) {};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types,
 | 
						|
                           bool is_distinct, ulonglong options,
 | 
						|
                           const char *alias, 
 | 
						|
                           bool bit_fields_as_long,
 | 
						|
                           bool create_table,
 | 
						|
                           bool keep_row_order= FALSE);
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  UNION result that is passed directly to the receiving select_result
 | 
						|
  without filling a temporary table.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Function calls are forwarded to the wrapped select_result, but some
 | 
						|
  functions are expected to be called only once for each query, so
 | 
						|
  they are only executed for the first SELECT in the union (execept
 | 
						|
  for send_eof(), which is executed only for the last SELECT).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  This select_result is used when a UNION is not DISTINCT and doesn't
 | 
						|
  have a global ORDER BY clause. @see st_select_lex_unit::prepare().
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_union_direct :public select_union
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  /* Result object that receives all rows */
 | 
						|
  select_result *result;
 | 
						|
  /* The last SELECT_LEX of the union */
 | 
						|
  SELECT_LEX *last_select_lex;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Wrapped result has received metadata */
 | 
						|
  bool done_send_result_set_metadata;
 | 
						|
  /* Wrapped result has initialized tables */
 | 
						|
  bool done_initialize_tables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Accumulated limit_found_rows */
 | 
						|
  ulonglong limit_found_rows;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Number of rows offset */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows offset;
 | 
						|
  /* Number of rows limit + offset, @see select_union_direct::send_data() */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows limit;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /* Number of rows in the union */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows send_records; 
 | 
						|
  select_union_direct(THD *thd_arg, select_result *result_arg,
 | 
						|
                      SELECT_LEX *last_select_lex_arg):
 | 
						|
  select_union(thd_arg), result(result_arg),
 | 
						|
    last_select_lex(last_select_lex_arg),
 | 
						|
    done_send_result_set_metadata(false), done_initialize_tables(false),
 | 
						|
    limit_found_rows(0)
 | 
						|
    { send_records= 0; }
 | 
						|
  bool change_result(select_result *new_result);
 | 
						|
  uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
    return 0; /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool postponed_prepare(List<Item> &types);
 | 
						|
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join= NULL);
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  bool flush() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool check_simple_select() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /* Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send */
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
    return false; /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void abort_result_set()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    result->abort_result_set(); /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void cleanup()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    send_records= 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void set_thd(THD *thd_arg)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
      Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send,
 | 
						|
      and for the results of subquery engines
 | 
						|
      (select_<something>_subselect).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void reset_offset_limit_cnt()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // EXPLAIN should never output to a select_union_direct
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  void begin_dataset()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // Only called for sp_cursor::Select_fetch_into_spvars
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Base subselect interface class */
 | 
						|
class select_subselect :public select_result_interceptor
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  Item_subselect *item;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), item(item_arg) {}
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items)=0;
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof() { return 0; };
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Single value subselect interface class */
 | 
						|
class select_singlerow_subselect :public select_subselect
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_singlerow_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  This class specializes select_union to collect statistics about the
 | 
						|
  data stored in the temp table. Currently the class collects statistcs
 | 
						|
  about NULLs.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_materialize_with_stats : public select_union
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  class Column_statistics
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    /* Count of NULLs per column. */
 | 
						|
    ha_rows null_count;
 | 
						|
    /* The row number that contains the first NULL in a column. */
 | 
						|
    ha_rows min_null_row;
 | 
						|
    /* The row number that contains the last NULL in a column. */
 | 
						|
    ha_rows max_null_row;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Array of statistics data per column. */
 | 
						|
  Column_statistics* col_stat;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    The number of columns in the biggest sub-row that consists of only
 | 
						|
    NULL values.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  uint max_nulls_in_row;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Count of rows writtent to the temp table. This is redundant as it is
 | 
						|
    already stored in handler::stats.records, however that one is relatively
 | 
						|
    expensive to compute (given we need that for evry row).
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  ha_rows count_rows;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  void reset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_materialize_with_stats(THD *thd_arg): select_union(thd_arg)
 | 
						|
  { tmp_table_param.init(); }
 | 
						|
  bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types,
 | 
						|
                           bool is_distinct, ulonglong options,
 | 
						|
                           const char *alias, 
 | 
						|
                           bool bit_fields_as_long,
 | 
						|
                           bool create_table,
 | 
						|
                           bool keep_row_order= FALSE);
 | 
						|
  bool init_result_table(ulonglong select_options);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
  ha_rows get_null_count_of_col(uint idx)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields);
 | 
						|
    return col_stat[idx].null_count;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ha_rows get_max_null_of_col(uint idx)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields);
 | 
						|
    return col_stat[idx].max_null_row;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ha_rows get_min_null_of_col(uint idx)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields);
 | 
						|
    return col_stat[idx].min_null_row;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  uint get_max_nulls_in_row() { return max_nulls_in_row; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* used in independent ALL/ANY optimisation */
 | 
						|
class select_max_min_finder_subselect :public select_subselect
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  Item_cache *cache;
 | 
						|
  bool (select_max_min_finder_subselect::*op)();
 | 
						|
  bool fmax;
 | 
						|
  bool is_all;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_max_min_finder_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg,
 | 
						|
                                  bool mx, bool all):
 | 
						|
    select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg), cache(0), fmax(mx), is_all(all)
 | 
						|
  {}
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool cmp_real();
 | 
						|
  bool cmp_int();
 | 
						|
  bool cmp_decimal();
 | 
						|
  bool cmp_str();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* EXISTS subselect interface class */
 | 
						|
class select_exists_subselect :public select_subselect
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  select_exists_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg):
 | 
						|
    select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg) {}
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
  Optimizer and executor structure for the materialized semi-join info. This
 | 
						|
  structure contains
 | 
						|
   - The sj-materialization temporary table
 | 
						|
   - Members needed to make index lookup or a full scan of the temptable.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
class SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO : public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  /* Optimal join sub-order */
 | 
						|
  struct st_position *positions;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  uint tables; /* Number of tables in the sj-nest */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Expected #rows in the materialized table */
 | 
						|
  double rows;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* 
 | 
						|
    Cost to materialize - execute the sub-join and write rows into temp.table
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  Cost_estimate materialization_cost;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Cost to make one lookup in the temptable */
 | 
						|
  Cost_estimate lookup_cost;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Cost of scanning the materialized table */
 | 
						|
  Cost_estimate scan_cost;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* --- Execution structures ---------- */
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    TRUE <=> This structure is used for execution. We don't necessarily pick
 | 
						|
    sj-materialization, so some of SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO structures are not
 | 
						|
    used by materialization
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_used;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  bool materialized; /* TRUE <=> materialization already performed */
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    TRUE  - the temptable is read with full scan
 | 
						|
    FALSE - we use the temptable for index lookups
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool is_sj_scan; 
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* The temptable and its related info */
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM sjm_table_param;
 | 
						|
  List<Item> sjm_table_cols;
 | 
						|
  TABLE *table;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Structure used to make index lookups */
 | 
						|
  struct st_table_ref *tab_ref;
 | 
						|
  Item *in_equality; /* See create_subq_in_equalities() */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Item *join_cond; /* See comments in make_join_select() */
 | 
						|
  Copy_field *copy_field; /* Needed for SJ_Materialization scan */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Structs used when sorting */
 | 
						|
struct SORT_FIELD_ATTR
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  uint length;          /* Length of sort field */
 | 
						|
  uint suffix_length;   /* Length suffix (0-4) */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct SORT_FIELD: public SORT_FIELD_ATTR
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  Field *field;				/* Field to sort */
 | 
						|
  Item	*item;				/* Item if not sorting fields */
 | 
						|
  bool reverse;				/* if descending sort */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct st_sort_buffer {
 | 
						|
  uint index;					/* 0 or 1 */
 | 
						|
  uint sort_orders;
 | 
						|
  uint change_pos;				/* If sort-fields changed */
 | 
						|
  char **buff;
 | 
						|
  SORT_FIELD *sortorder;
 | 
						|
} SORT_BUFFER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Structure for db & table in sql_yacc */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Table_ident :public Sql_alloc
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING db;
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING table;
 | 
						|
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *sel;
 | 
						|
  inline Table_ident(THD *thd, LEX_STRING db_arg, LEX_STRING table_arg,
 | 
						|
		     bool force)
 | 
						|
    :table(table_arg), sel((SELECT_LEX_UNIT *)0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (!force && (thd->client_capabilities & CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA))
 | 
						|
      db.str=0;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      db= db_arg;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  inline Table_ident(LEX_STRING table_arg)
 | 
						|
    :table(table_arg), sel((SELECT_LEX_UNIT *)0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    db.str=0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    This constructor is used only for the case when we create a derived
 | 
						|
    table. A derived table has no name and doesn't belong to any database.
 | 
						|
    Later, if there was an alias specified for the table, it will be set
 | 
						|
    by add_table_to_list.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  inline Table_ident(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *s) : sel(s)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    /* We must have a table name here as this is used with add_table_to_list */
 | 
						|
    db.str= empty_c_string;                    /* a subject to casedn_str */
 | 
						|
    db.length= 0;
 | 
						|
    table.str= internal_table_name;
 | 
						|
    table.length=1;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool is_derived_table() const { return MY_TEST(sel); }
 | 
						|
  inline void change_db(char *db_name)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    db.str= db_name; db.length= (uint) strlen(db_name);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// this is needed for user_vars hash
 | 
						|
class user_var_entry
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
 | 
						|
 public:
 | 
						|
  user_var_entry() {}                         /* Remove gcc warning */
 | 
						|
  LEX_STRING name;
 | 
						|
  char *value;
 | 
						|
  ulong length;
 | 
						|
  query_id_t update_query_id, used_query_id;
 | 
						|
  Item_result type;
 | 
						|
  bool unsigned_flag;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  double val_real(bool *null_value);
 | 
						|
  longlong val_int(bool *null_value) const;
 | 
						|
  String *val_str(bool *null_value, String *str, uint decimals);
 | 
						|
  my_decimal *val_decimal(bool *null_value, my_decimal *result);
 | 
						|
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
 | 
						|
  void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) { m_charset= cs; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
user_var_entry *get_variable(HASH *hash, LEX_STRING &name,
 | 
						|
				    bool create_if_not_exists);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class SORT_INFO;
 | 
						|
class multi_delete :public select_result_interceptor
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *delete_tables, *table_being_deleted;
 | 
						|
  Unique **tempfiles;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows deleted, found;
 | 
						|
  uint num_of_tables;
 | 
						|
  int error;
 | 
						|
  bool do_delete;
 | 
						|
  /* True if at least one table we delete from is transactional */
 | 
						|
  bool transactional_tables;
 | 
						|
  /* True if at least one table we delete from is not transactional */
 | 
						|
  bool normal_tables;
 | 
						|
  bool delete_while_scanning;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
     error handling (rollback and binlogging) can happen in send_eof()
 | 
						|
     so that afterward abort_result_set() needs to find out that.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool error_handled;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  multi_delete(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *dt, uint num_of_tables);
 | 
						|
  ~multi_delete();
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join);
 | 
						|
  int do_deletes();
 | 
						|
  int do_table_deletes(TABLE *table, SORT_INFO *sort_info, bool ignore);
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  inline ha_rows num_deleted() const { return deleted; }
 | 
						|
  virtual void abort_result_set();
 | 
						|
  void prepare_to_read_rows();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class multi_update :public select_result_interceptor
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *all_tables; /* query/update command tables */
 | 
						|
  List<TABLE_LIST> *leaves;     /* list of leves of join table tree */
 | 
						|
  TABLE_LIST *update_tables, *table_being_updated;
 | 
						|
  TABLE **tmp_tables, *main_table, *table_to_update;
 | 
						|
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param;
 | 
						|
  ha_rows updated, found;
 | 
						|
  List <Item> *fields, *values;
 | 
						|
  List <Item> **fields_for_table, **values_for_table;
 | 
						|
  uint table_count;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   List of tables referenced in the CHECK OPTION condition of
 | 
						|
   the updated view excluding the updated table.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  List <TABLE> unupdated_check_opt_tables;
 | 
						|
  Copy_field *copy_field;
 | 
						|
  enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates;
 | 
						|
  bool do_update, trans_safe;
 | 
						|
  /* True if the update operation has made a change in a transactional table */
 | 
						|
  bool transactional_tables;
 | 
						|
  bool ignore;
 | 
						|
  /* 
 | 
						|
     error handling (rollback and binlogging) can happen in send_eof()
 | 
						|
     so that afterward  abort_result_set() needs to find out that.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  bool error_handled;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Need this to protect against multiple prepare() calls */
 | 
						|
  bool prepared;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  multi_update(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *ut, List<TABLE_LIST> *leaves_list,
 | 
						|
	       List<Item> *fields, List<Item> *values,
 | 
						|
	       enum_duplicates handle_duplicates, bool ignore);
 | 
						|
  ~multi_update();
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join);
 | 
						|
  int  do_updates();
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  inline ha_rows num_found() const { return found; }
 | 
						|
  inline ha_rows num_updated() const { return updated; }
 | 
						|
  virtual void abort_result_set();
 | 
						|
  void update_used_tables();
 | 
						|
  void prepare_to_read_rows();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class my_var : public Sql_alloc  {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  const LEX_STRING name;
 | 
						|
  enum type { SESSION_VAR, LOCAL_VAR, PARAM_VAR };
 | 
						|
  type scope;
 | 
						|
  my_var(const LEX_STRING& j, enum type s) : name(j), scope(s) { }
 | 
						|
  virtual ~my_var() {}
 | 
						|
  virtual bool set(THD *thd, Item *val) = 0;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class my_var_sp: public my_var {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  uint offset;
 | 
						|
  enum_field_types type;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
    Routine to which this Item_splocal belongs. Used for checking if correct
 | 
						|
    runtime context is used for variable handling.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  sp_head *sp;
 | 
						|
  my_var_sp(const LEX_STRING& j, uint o, enum_field_types t, sp_head *s)
 | 
						|
    : my_var(j, LOCAL_VAR), offset(o), type(t), sp(s) { }
 | 
						|
  ~my_var_sp() { }
 | 
						|
  bool set(THD *thd, Item *val);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class my_var_user: public my_var {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  my_var_user(const LEX_STRING& j)
 | 
						|
    : my_var(j, SESSION_VAR) { }
 | 
						|
  ~my_var_user() { }
 | 
						|
  bool set(THD *thd, Item *val);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class select_dumpvar :public select_result_interceptor {
 | 
						|
  ha_rows row_count;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  List<my_var> var_list;
 | 
						|
  select_dumpvar(THD *thd_arg): select_result_interceptor(thd_arg)
 | 
						|
  { var_list.empty(); row_count= 0; }
 | 
						|
  ~select_dumpvar() {}
 | 
						|
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u);
 | 
						|
  int send_data(List<Item> &items);
 | 
						|
  bool send_eof();
 | 
						|
  virtual bool check_simple_select() const;
 | 
						|
  void cleanup();
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Bits in sql_command_flags */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define CF_CHANGES_DATA           (1U << 0)
 | 
						|
#define CF_REPORT_PROGRESS        (1U << 1)
 | 
						|
#define CF_STATUS_COMMAND         (1U << 2)
 | 
						|
#define CF_SHOW_TABLE_COMMAND     (1U << 3)
 | 
						|
#define CF_WRITE_LOGS_COMMAND     (1U << 4)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Must be set for SQL statements that may contain
 | 
						|
  Item expressions and/or use joins and tables.
 | 
						|
  Indicates that the parse tree of such statement may
 | 
						|
  contain rule-based optimizations that depend on metadata
 | 
						|
  (i.e. number of columns in a table), and consequently
 | 
						|
  that the statement must be re-prepared whenever
 | 
						|
  referenced metadata changes. Must not be set for
 | 
						|
  statements that themselves change metadata, e.g. RENAME,
 | 
						|
  ALTER and other DDL, since otherwise will trigger constant
 | 
						|
  reprepare. Consequently, complex item expressions and
 | 
						|
  joins are currently prohibited in these statements.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_REEXECUTION_FRAGILE    (1U << 5)
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Implicitly commit before the SQL statement is executed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Statements marked with this flag will cause any active
 | 
						|
  transaction to end (commit) before proceeding with the
 | 
						|
  command execution.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  This flag should be set for statements that probably can't
 | 
						|
  be rolled back or that do not expect any previously metadata
 | 
						|
  locked tables.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN   (1U << 6)
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Implicitly commit after the SQL statement.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Statements marked with this flag are automatically committed
 | 
						|
  at the end of the statement.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  This flag should be set for statements that will implicitly
 | 
						|
  open and take metadata locks on system tables that should not
 | 
						|
  be carried for the whole duration of a active transaction.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END    (1U << 7)
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN and CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END are used
 | 
						|
  to ensure that the active transaction is implicitly committed
 | 
						|
  before and after every DDL statement and any statement that
 | 
						|
  modifies our currently non-transactional system tables.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_AUTO_COMMIT_TRANS  (CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN | CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Diagnostic statement.
 | 
						|
  Diagnostic statements:
 | 
						|
  - SHOW WARNING
 | 
						|
  - SHOW ERROR
 | 
						|
  - GET DIAGNOSTICS (WL#2111)
 | 
						|
  do not modify the diagnostics area during execution.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_DIAGNOSTIC_STMT        (1U << 8)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Identifies statements that may generate row events
 | 
						|
  and that may end up in the binary log.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_CAN_GENERATE_ROW_EVENTS (1U << 9)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Identifies statements which may deal with temporary tables and for which
 | 
						|
  temporary tables should be pre-opened to simplify privilege checks.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_PREOPEN_TMP_TABLES   (1U << 10)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Identifies statements for which open handlers should be closed in the
 | 
						|
  beginning of the statement.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_HA_CLOSE             (1U << 11)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Identifies statements that can be explained with EXPLAIN.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_CAN_BE_EXPLAINED       (1U << 12)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** Identifies statements which may generate an optimizer trace */
 | 
						|
#define CF_OPTIMIZER_TRACE        (1U << 14)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Identifies statements that should always be disallowed in
 | 
						|
   read only transactions.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_DISALLOW_IN_RO_TRANS   (1U << 15)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Statement that need the binlog format to be unchanged.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_FORCE_ORIGINAL_BINLOG_FORMAT (1U << 16)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Statement that inserts new rows (INSERT, REPLACE, LOAD, ALTER TABLE)
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_INSERTS_DATA (1U << 17)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Statement that updates existing rows (UPDATE, multi-update)
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_UPDATES_DATA (1U << 18)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Not logged into slow log as "admin commands"
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_ADMIN_COMMAND (1U << 19)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  SP Bulk execution safe
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_SP_BULK_SAFE (1U << 20)
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  SP Bulk execution optimized
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_SP_BULK_OPTIMIZED (1U << 21)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Bits in server_command_flags */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Skip the increase of the global query id counter. Commonly set for
 | 
						|
  commands that are stateless (won't cause any change on the server
 | 
						|
  internal states).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_SKIP_QUERY_ID        (1U << 0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Skip the increase of the number of statements that clients have
 | 
						|
  sent to the server. Commonly used for commands that will cause
 | 
						|
  a statement to be executed but the statement might have not been
 | 
						|
  sent by the user (ie: stored procedure).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_SKIP_QUESTIONS       (1U << 1)
 | 
						|
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Do not check that wsrep snapshot is ready before allowing this command
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_SKIP_WSREP_CHECK     (1U << 2)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define CF_SKIP_WSREP_CHECK     0
 | 
						|
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
  Do not allow it for COM_MULTI batch
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CF_NO_COM_MULTI         (1U << 3)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Inline functions */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool add_item_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_item_to_list(thd, item);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool add_value_to_list(THD *thd, Item *value)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return thd->lex->value_list.push_back(value, thd->mem_root);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool add_order_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_order_to_list(thd, item, asc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool add_gorder_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_gorder_to_list(thd, item, asc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool add_group_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_group_to_list(thd, item, asc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline Item *and_conds(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!b) return a;
 | 
						|
  if (!a) return b;
 | 
						|
  return new (thd->mem_root) Item_cond_and(thd, a, b);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* inline handler methods that need to know TABLE and THD structures */
 | 
						|
inline void handler::increment_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  status_var_increment(table->in_use->status_var.*offset);
 | 
						|
  table->in_use->check_limit_rows_examined();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline void handler::decrement_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  status_var_decrement(table->in_use->status_var.*offset);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline int handler::ha_ft_read(uchar *buf)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int error= ft_read(buf);
 | 
						|
  if (!error)
 | 
						|
    update_rows_read();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0;
 | 
						|
  return error;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline int handler::ha_rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *buf)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int error= rnd_pos_by_record(buf);
 | 
						|
  table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0;
 | 
						|
  return error;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline int handler::ha_read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int error= read_first_row(buf, primary_key);
 | 
						|
  if (!error)
 | 
						|
    update_rows_read();
 | 
						|
  table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0;
 | 
						|
  return error;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline int handler::ha_write_tmp_row(uchar *buf)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int error;
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str);
 | 
						|
  increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_write_count);
 | 
						|
  TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, m_psi, PSI_TABLE_WRITE_ROW, MAX_KEY, 0,
 | 
						|
                { error= write_row(buf); })
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE(error);
 | 
						|
  return error;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline int handler::ha_update_tmp_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int error;
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str);
 | 
						|
  increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_update_count);
 | 
						|
  TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, m_psi, PSI_TABLE_UPDATE_ROW, active_index, 0,
 | 
						|
                { error= update_row(old_data, new_data);})
 | 
						|
  MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE(error);
 | 
						|
  return error;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern pthread_attr_t *get_connection_attrib(void);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Set thread entering a condition
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   This function should be called before putting a thread to wait for
 | 
						|
   a condition. @a mutex should be held before calling this
 | 
						|
   function. After being waken up, @f thd_exit_cond should be called.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param thd      The thread entering the condition, NULL means current thread
 | 
						|
   @param cond     The condition the thread is going to wait for
 | 
						|
   @param mutex    The mutex associated with the condition, this must be
 | 
						|
                   held before call this function
 | 
						|
   @param stage    The new process message for the thread
 | 
						|
   @param old_stage The old process message for the thread
 | 
						|
   @param src_function The caller source function name
 | 
						|
   @param src_file The caller source file name
 | 
						|
   @param src_line The caller source line number
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
void thd_enter_cond(MYSQL_THD thd, mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t *mutex,
 | 
						|
                    const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
 | 
						|
                    const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
 | 
						|
                    int src_line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define THD_ENTER_COND(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) \
 | 
						|
  thd_enter_cond(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Set thread leaving a condition
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   This function should be called after a thread being waken up for a
 | 
						|
   condition.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param thd      The thread entering the condition, NULL means current thread
 | 
						|
   @param stage    The process message, ususally this should be the old process
 | 
						|
                   message before calling @f thd_enter_cond
 | 
						|
   @param src_function The caller source function name
 | 
						|
   @param src_file The caller source file name
 | 
						|
   @param src_line The caller source line number
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
void thd_exit_cond(MYSQL_THD thd, const PSI_stage_info *stage,
 | 
						|
                   const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
 | 
						|
                   int src_line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define THD_EXIT_COND(P1, P2) \
 | 
						|
  thd_exit_cond(P1, P2, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool binlog_should_compress(ulong len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return opt_bin_log_compress &&
 | 
						|
    len >= opt_bin_log_compress_min_len;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Save thd sql_mode on instantiation.
 | 
						|
   On destruction it resets the mode to the previously stored value.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
class Sql_mode_save
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
 public:
 | 
						|
  Sql_mode_save(THD *thd) : thd(thd), old_mode(thd->variables.sql_mode) {}
 | 
						|
  ~Sql_mode_save() { thd->variables.sql_mode = old_mode; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 private:
 | 
						|
  THD *thd;
 | 
						|
  sql_mode_t old_mode; // SQL mode saved at construction time.
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class Switch_to_definer_security_ctx
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
 public:
 | 
						|
  Switch_to_definer_security_ctx(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table) :
 | 
						|
    m_thd(thd), m_sctx(thd->security_ctx)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (table->security_ctx)
 | 
						|
      thd->security_ctx= table->security_ctx;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ~Switch_to_definer_security_ctx() { m_thd->security_ctx = m_sctx; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 private:
 | 
						|
  THD *m_thd;
 | 
						|
  Security_context *m_sctx;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED */
 |